1 #LyX 2.1 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
37 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
39 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
40 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
42 % for customized page headers/footers
43 % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
45 % change header rule width
46 \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
48 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
49 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
50 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
52 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
54 \options refpage,intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
55 \use_default_options false
60 \maintain_unincluded_children false
62 \language_package default
67 \font_typewriter default
69 \font_default_family default
70 \use_non_tex_fonts false
76 \default_output_format default
78 \bibtex_command default
79 \index_command default
83 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
84 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
88 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
89 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
90 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
95 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
96 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
99 \use_package amsmath 1
100 \use_package amssymb 1
101 \use_package cancel 0
103 \use_package mathdots 1
104 \use_package mathtools 0
105 \use_package mhchem 1
106 \use_package stackrel 0
107 \use_package stmaryrd 0
108 \use_package undertilde 0
110 \cite_engine_type numerical
114 \paperorientation portrait
118 \notefontcolor #0000ff
135 \paragraph_separation indent
136 \paragraph_indentation default
137 \quotes_language english
140 \paperpagestyle default
141 \tracking_changes true
142 \output_changes false
146 \author -712698321 "Jürgen Spitzmüller"
148 \author 1414654397 "Richard Heck"
149 \author 2090807402 "usti"
163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
165 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
167 \begin_inset CommandInset href
169 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
180 \begin_inset Newline newline
184 \begin_inset Newline newline
188 \begin_inset Note Note
191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
192 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
193 \begin_inset Newline newline
198 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
206 \begin_layout Standard
207 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
208 LatexCommand tableofcontents
213 \change_inserted 1414654397 1364424689
217 \begin_layout Standard
219 \change_inserted 1414654397 1364424693
220 \begin_inset FloatList figure
227 \begin_layout Standard
229 \change_inserted 1414654397 1364424693
230 \begin_inset FloatList table
239 \begin_layout Chapter
243 \begin_layout Section
247 \begin_layout Standard
248 LyX is a document preparation system.
249 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
250 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
251 It is unlike most other
252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
259 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
261 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
274 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
277 pt type, left justified, 5
278 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
286 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
290 \begin_layout Standard
291 This philosophy is explained in greater detail in the
294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
304 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
308 \begin_layout Standard
310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
321 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
322 the format of all of the manuals.
323 If you don't read it, you will have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
324 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
341 \begin_layout Section
345 \begin_layout Standard
346 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
348 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
349 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
353 \begin_layout Standard
354 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
355 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
356 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
358 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
359 only a vertical scrollbar.
360 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
361 The first case is large images.
362 To avoid that they are displayed larger than your screen, use in the image
369 LaTeX and LyX options
372 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
374 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
375 this doesn't work for equations yet.
378 \begin_layout Standard
379 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
385 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
387 reference "chap:The-User-Interface"
394 \begin_layout Section
398 \begin_layout Standard
399 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
400 You can read all of the manuals from inside LyX.
401 Just select the manual you want to read from the
408 \begin_layout Section
410 \begin_inset CommandInset label
412 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
419 \begin_layout Standard
420 Almost all features of LyX can be configured via the menu
422 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
426 \begin_inset Index idx
429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
435 LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
436 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
437 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults for the preferences
439 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
440 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
441 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
445 \begin_inset space \space{}
448 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
449 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
451 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
455 \begin_inset Index idx
458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
459 Reconfiguration of LyX
464 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
467 \begin_layout Section
469 \begin_inset CommandInset label
471 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
478 \begin_layout Standard
479 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
480 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
482 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
483 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
487 \begin_layout Standard
488 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
490 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
491 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
494 \begin_layout Standard
495 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
496 you can view from the menu
498 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
517 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
518 reconfigure LyX (menu
520 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
524 \begin_inset Note Note
527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
528 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
536 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
537 More about TeX Code is described in section
542 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
544 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
548 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
553 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
555 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
565 \begin_inset Index idx
568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
569 Reconfiguration of LyX
574 See section 5.1 of the
578 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
581 \begin_layout Chapter
585 \begin_layout Section
586 Basic File Operations
587 \begin_inset Index idx
590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
599 \begin_layout Standard
604 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
605 in addition to some more advanced operations:
608 \begin_layout Itemize
620 \begin_layout Itemize
638 \begin_layout Itemize
650 \begin_layout Itemize
656 \begin_layout Itemize
668 \begin_layout Itemize
678 \begin_layout Itemize
692 \begin_layout Itemize
702 \begin_layout Itemize
708 \begin_layout Itemize
714 \begin_layout Itemize
720 arg "dialog-show print"
726 \begin_layout Itemize
732 \begin_layout Standard
733 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
734 a few minor differences.
737 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
752 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
753 you for a template to use.
754 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
755 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
756 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
758 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
762 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
764 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
771 \begin_layout Standard
772 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
781 \begin_inset Quotes eld
785 \begin_inset Quotes erd
789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
804 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
805 space is just that — a big, blank space.
813 \begin_layout Standard
834 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
839 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
864 will reload the document from disk.
865 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
866 and want to restore it to the last save.
875 you can register the changes you made to a document so that others can identify
876 them as your changes.
879 \begin_layout Section
880 Basic Editing Features
881 \begin_inset Index idx
884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
891 \begin_inset CommandInset label
893 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
900 \begin_layout Standard
901 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
902 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
903 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
904 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
906 We will start with cut and paste.
909 \begin_layout Standard
910 As you might expect, the
914 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
915 various other editing features.
916 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
920 \begin_layout Itemize
934 \begin_layout Itemize
948 \begin_layout Itemize
962 \begin_layout Itemize
972 \begin_layout Itemize
982 \begin_layout Itemize
998 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
1004 \begin_layout Standard
1005 The first three are self-explanatory.
1007 \begin_inset Index idx
1010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1016 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1020 \begin_inset space ~
1025 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1028 \begin_layout Standard
1031 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1033 \begin_inset space ~
1036 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1038 \begin_inset space ~
1042 \begin_inset space ~
1047 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1053 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1057 \begin_inset space ~
1062 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1063 will start a new paragraph.
1066 \begin_layout Standard
1067 \begin_inset Index idx
1070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1077 \begin_inset Index idx
1080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1088 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1090 \begin_inset space ~
1094 \begin_inset space ~
1102 \begin_inset space ~
1106 \begin_inset space ~
1112 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1117 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1120 \begin_inset space ~
1129 \begin_inset space ~
1134 button to skip the current word.
1138 \begin_inset space ~
1143 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1147 \begin_inset space ~
1152 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1154 If the toggle is set, searching for
1155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1166 will not match the word
1167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1181 Match whole words only
1183 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1184 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1212 LyX offers also an advanced
1215 \begin_inset space ~
1219 \begin_inset space ~
1224 feature that is described in sec.
1225 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1229 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1231 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1238 \begin_layout Standard
1239 Things like notes, floats, etc.
1240 \begin_inset space \space{}
1244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1252 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1254 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1259 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1266 \begin_layout Standard
1267 The content of an inset is selected using the shortcut
1270 arg "inset-select-all"
1276 arg "command-sequence buffer-begin ; buffer-end-select"
1279 selects the whole document.
1282 \begin_layout Section
1284 \begin_inset Index idx
1287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1294 \begin_inset Index idx
1297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1304 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1306 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1313 \begin_layout Standard
1314 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1315 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1318 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1321 or the toolbar button
1327 to undo some mistake.
1328 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1330 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1333 or the toolbar button
1340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1347 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1348 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1351 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1354 \begin_layout Standard
1355 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1364 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1365 This is a consequence of the 100
1366 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1369 step undo limit, above.
1372 \begin_layout Standard
1381 work on almost everything in LyX.
1382 But they will not undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1386 \begin_layout Section
1388 \begin_inset Index idx
1391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1400 \begin_layout Standard
1401 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1404 \begin_layout Enumerate
1409 \begin_layout Itemize
1414 once anywhere in the edit window.
1415 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1419 \begin_layout Enumerate
1424 \begin_layout Itemize
1430 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1433 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1436 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1439 \begin_layout Itemize
1440 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1442 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1449 \begin_layout Enumerate
1450 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1454 \begin_layout Standard
1455 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1456 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1460 \begin_layout Section
1462 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1464 name "sec:Navigating"
1469 \begin_inset Index idx
1472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1481 \begin_layout Standard
1482 LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1485 \begin_layout Itemize
1490 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1491 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1494 \begin_layout Itemize
1495 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1497 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1500 or by the toolbar button
1503 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1509 \begin_layout Itemize
1510 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1512 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1515 and use the same menu to return to them.
1516 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1519 \begin_layout Standard
1523 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1528 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1529 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1531 \begin_inset space ~
1536 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1537 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1538 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1539 your last editing position.
1542 \begin_layout Standard
1547 key the cursor will be vertically centered in LyX's main window.
1550 \begin_layout Subsection
1552 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1554 name "sub:The-Outliner"
1561 \begin_layout Standard
1562 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1563 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1564 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1566 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1570 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1572 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1576 ), or notes, or citations (see sec.
1577 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1581 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1583 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1588 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1592 \begin_layout Standard
1593 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline opens in many cases a context
1594 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1595 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1596 dialog and to modify the citation.
1599 \begin_layout Standard
1600 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1602 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1603 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1604 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1611 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1614 \begin_layout Standard
1615 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1616 you further to control the display.
1621 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1622 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1628 option keeps it in the current view state.
1629 Keeping means that when you have e.
1630 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1634 \begin_inset space \space{}
1637 the subsections of section
1638 \begin_inset space ~
1641 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1642 \begin_inset space ~
1645 3, the subsections of section
1646 \begin_inset space ~
1649 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1654 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1655 \begin_inset space ~
1659 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1669 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1672 \begin_layout Standard
1674 \begin_inset space \space{}
1678 \begin_inset Graphics
1679 filename ../images/reload.png
1684 \begin_inset space ~
1687 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1688 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1691 \begin_inset space \space{}
1695 \begin_inset Graphics
1696 filename ../images/down.png
1698 groupId toolbarbuttons
1703 \begin_inset space ~
1707 \begin_inset space \space{}
1711 \begin_inset Graphics
1712 filename ../images/up.png
1714 groupId toolbarbuttons
1719 \begin_inset space ~
1722 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1723 So, for example, you can move section
1724 \begin_inset space ~
1728 \begin_inset space ~
1731 2.4 or after section
1732 \begin_inset space ~
1736 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1738 \begin_inset Graphics
1739 filename ../images/promote.png
1741 groupId toolbarbuttons
1746 \begin_inset Graphics
1747 filename ../images/demote.png
1749 groupId toolbarbuttons
1753 (or the corresponding key bindings
1761 ) you can change the level of sections.
1762 So you can for example make section
1763 \begin_inset space ~
1767 \begin_inset space ~
1771 \begin_inset space ~
1777 \begin_layout Section
1778 Input / Word Completion
1779 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1781 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1786 \begin_inset Index idx
1789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1796 \begin_inset Index idx
1799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1830 \begin_layout Standard
1831 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1833 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1834 is used to propose completions.
1837 \begin_layout Standard
1838 The input completion can be activated in the LyX preferences (menu
1840 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1845 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1852 \begin_inset space ~
1856 \begin_inset space ~
1861 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor.
1865 \begin_inset space ~
1870 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1871 The cursor completion indicator can be turned off by deselecting the option
1875 \begin_inset space ~
1881 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
1882 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated.
1885 \begin_layout Standard
1886 LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as an indicator that there
1887 are completions available.
1892 key to accept a proposed completion.
1893 If several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1894 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1895 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1902 \begin_layout Standard
1903 The completion options for math in the preferences do the same as the correspond
1904 ing options for text.
1905 The special math option
1909 enables that characters can be composed.
1910 If you for example want to insert the character
1911 \begin_inset Formula $\Rightarrow$
1914 , you can then input the characters
1915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1926 to a formula to get it.
1927 So this is a quick alternative to the insertion of commands or the usage
1928 of the math toolbar.
1929 A list with supported character combinations can be found in the file
1933 that is somewhere in LyX's installation folder.
1934 Math autocorrection can at any time be turned on by pressing the exclamation
1943 \begin_layout Section
1945 \begin_inset Index idx
1948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1955 \begin_inset Index idx
1958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1987 \begin_inset Index idx
1990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2021 \begin_layout Standard
2022 There are at least two different primary binding maps:
2035 , which can be changed in the LyX preferences under
2037 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2043 \begin_layout Standard
2047 \begin_inset space ~
2055 \begin_inset space ~
2076 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
2080 \begin_layout Labeling
2081 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2085 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2086 LatexCommand nomenclature
2088 description "Tabulator key"
2094 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
2095 If you do not understand this, go read sections
2096 \begin_inset space ~
2100 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2102 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2107 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2109 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2113 , especially section
2114 \begin_inset space ~
2118 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2120 reference "sub:Lists"
2126 If you're still confused, look in the
2131 \begin_inset Newline newline
2134 In LyX the Tab key is only used to accept propositions of the input completion.
2137 \begin_layout Labeling
2138 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2142 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2143 LatexCommand nomenclature
2145 description "Escape key"
2152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2159 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
2160 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2163 \begin_layout Labeling
2164 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2170 \begin_inset space ~
2174 \begin_inset space ~
2181 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2182 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2186 \begin_layout Standard
2187 There are three modifier keys:
2190 \begin_layout Labeling
2191 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2209 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2210 LatexCommand nomenclature
2212 description "Control key"
2216 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2217 on which keys it is used in combination with:
2221 \begin_layout Itemize
2230 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2233 \begin_layout Itemize
2242 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2245 \begin_layout Itemize
2254 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2258 \begin_layout Labeling
2259 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2277 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2278 LatexCommand nomenclature
2280 description "Shift key"
2284 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the arrow keys to select
2285 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2288 \begin_layout Labeling
2289 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2307 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2308 LatexCommand nomenclature
2310 description "Alt or Meta key"
2314 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2315 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2316 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2322 \begin_inset Newline newline
2325 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2327 menu accelerator keys
2330 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2331 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2335 \begin_layout Standard
2336 For example, the sequence
2337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2343 \begin_inset space ~
2347 \begin_inset space ~
2353 \begin_inset space ~
2361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2380 \begin_inset space ~
2386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2396 \begin_layout Standard
2401 manual lists all other things bound to the
2409 \begin_layout Standard
2410 You will learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use
2411 LyX, because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar
2412 at the bottom of LyX's main window which describes the name of the action
2413 you have just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
2414 The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
2415 The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
2416 in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
2418 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2434 followed by a capital
2441 \begin_layout Standard
2442 You can list or change the key bindings in the menu
2444 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2449 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2452 as explained in sec.
2453 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2459 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2466 \begin_layout Chapter
2468 \begin_inset Index idx
2471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2480 \begin_layout Section
2482 \begin_inset Index idx
2485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2494 \begin_layout Subsection
2498 \begin_layout Standard
2499 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2500 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2501 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2502 numbering schemes, and so on.
2503 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2504 and format the title of your document differently.
2507 \begin_layout Standard
2512 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2513 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2514 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2515 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2516 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2519 \begin_layout Standard
2520 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2521 how to adjust their properties.
2524 \begin_layout Subsection
2526 \begin_inset Index idx
2529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2536 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2538 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2545 \begin_layout Standard
2546 You can select a class using the
2548 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2549 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2553 \begin_inset Index idx
2556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2563 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2567 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2571 \begin_layout Standard
2572 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2576 \begin_layout Description
2577 Article for basic articles
2580 \begin_layout Description
2581 Report for basic reports
2584 \begin_layout Description
2585 Book for writing a book
2588 \begin_layout Description
2589 Letter for US-style letters
2592 \begin_layout Standard
2593 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2594 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2595 will include many of these.
2596 Here are some of the classes.
2597 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2599 Special Document Classes
2608 \begin_layout Description
2609 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2612 \begin_layout Description
2613 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2617 \begin_layout Description
2618 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2622 \begin_layout Description
2623 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2624 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2625 There are three article layouts available.
2626 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2627 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2628 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2629 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2634 sequential numbering
2635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2638 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2639 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2640 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2641 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2644 \begin_layout Description
2645 Beamer Layout for presentations
2648 \begin_layout Description
2649 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2650 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed
2654 \begin_layout Description
2655 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2658 \begin_layout Description
2660 \begin_inset space ~
2663 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2666 \begin_layout Description
2667 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2670 \begin_layout Description
2671 Foils Used to make transparencies
2674 \begin_layout Description
2675 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2676 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed
2680 \begin_layout Description
2681 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2682 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2685 \begin_layout Description
2686 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2689 \begin_layout Description
2690 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2693 \begin_layout Description
2694 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2695 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2696 (Is used by this document.)
2699 \begin_layout Description
2700 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2703 \begin_layout Description
2704 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2707 \begin_layout Description
2712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2719 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2720 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2722 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2725 \begin_layout Description
2726 Slides Used to make transparencies
2729 \begin_layout Description
2731 \begin_inset space ~
2734 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2735 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2738 \begin_layout Description
2739 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2742 \begin_layout Standard
2743 We will not go into detail about how to use these different document classes
2745 You can find details about the non-standard classes in Chapter 6 of the
2751 Here, we will settle for a list of some of the common properties of all
2752 of the document classes.
2755 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2759 \begin_layout Standard
2760 You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under
2762 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2763 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2765 \begin_inset Index idx
2768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2785 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning
2786 saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are
2788 So it may seem that something is wrong.
2791 \begin_layout Standard
2793 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2794 and some of them, like
2798 , are highly specialized.
2799 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
2800 and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing
2802 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2803 by some document class.
2804 There are just too many of them.
2805 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2808 \begin_layout Standard
2809 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2814 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2817 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2818 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2819 document class for a new file.
2820 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2822 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2825 Installing new LaTeX files
2826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2833 manual for information on how to install them.
2834 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2840 \begin_layout Standard
2841 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2842 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2844 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2845 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2846 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2848 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2851 \begin_inset space ~
2858 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2861 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2863 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2870 \begin_inset Index idx
2873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2882 \begin_layout Standard
2883 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2884 chosen document class.
2885 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2886 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2893 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2897 \begin_inset Index idx
2900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2907 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
2911 \begin_layout Standard
2912 Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
2913 always installed by default.
2914 LyX will warn you if you do not have a needed package or converter, and
2915 it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
2916 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2917 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2918 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites.
2919 If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
2920 install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2923 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2927 \begin_inset Index idx
2930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2931 Reconfiguration of LyX
2937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2940 Installing new LaTeX files
2941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2948 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2951 \begin_layout Standard
2952 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2960 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2961 LyX will advise you about these things.
2969 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2971 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2973 name "sub:Local-Layout"
2978 \begin_inset Index idx
2981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2982 Document ! Local Layout
2990 \begin_layout Standard
2991 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
2992 used in a variety of different documents.
2993 If you often find yourself needing the same sort of thing in different
2994 documents, you should consider writing a module for this purpose.
2995 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, but you
2996 need a specific inset or character style only that one time.
2997 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
2998 What you want is LyX's
2999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3015 manual for information on how to use it.
3018 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3022 \begin_layout Standard
3023 Each class has a default set of options.
3024 Here's a quick table describing them:
3027 \begin_layout Standard
3028 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3034 \begin_layout Standard
3036 \begin_inset Tabular
3037 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
3038 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
3039 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3040 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3041 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3042 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3043 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3497 \begin_layout Standard
3498 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3504 \begin_layout Standard
3505 You're probably also wondering what
3506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3510 \begin_inset space ~
3514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3518 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3519 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3524 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3529 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3539 headings, there are also
3547 headings, and so on.
3548 We will describe these headings fully in section
3549 \begin_inset space ~
3553 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3555 reference "sub:Headings"
3562 \begin_layout Subsection
3564 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3566 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3571 \begin_inset Index idx
3574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3583 \begin_inset Index idx
3586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3595 \begin_layout Standard
3596 The most important properties of document classes are set in the menu
3598 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3605 \begin_inset space ~
3613 \begin_inset space ~
3618 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3620 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3621 to use for your document.
3622 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3626 \begin_layout Standard
3633 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3639 \begin_inset space ~
3644 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3645 You can choose between the following five options:
3648 \begin_layout Labeling
3649 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3654 Use default page style of current class.
3657 \begin_layout Labeling
3658 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3663 No page numbers or headings.
3666 \begin_layout Labeling
3667 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3675 \begin_layout Labeling
3676 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3681 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3682 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3683 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3686 \begin_layout Labeling
3687 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3692 This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you
3693 have the LaTeX-package
3698 \begin_inset Index idx
3701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3702 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3708 How they are defined is explained in section
3709 \begin_inset space ~
3713 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3715 reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
3722 \begin_layout Standard
3723 The separation of paragraphs is described in section
3724 \begin_inset space ~
3728 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3730 reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3737 \begin_layout Subsection
3738 Paper Size and Orientation
3739 \begin_inset Index idx
3742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3743 Document ! Paper size
3749 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3751 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
3758 \begin_layout Standard
3759 You can find the following options in the menu
3762 \begin_inset space ~
3769 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3775 \begin_inset Index idx
3778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3787 \begin_layout Labeling
3788 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3792 \begin_inset space ~
3797 What size paper to print on.
3802 \begin_layout Itemize
3808 \begin_layout Itemize
3814 \begin_layout Itemize
3820 \begin_layout Itemize
3826 \begin_layout Itemize
3829 US letter, US legal, US executive
3832 \begin_layout Itemize
3838 \begin_layout Itemize
3845 \begin_layout Labeling
3846 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3851 To choose whether to output as
3862 \begin_layout Labeling
3863 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3867 \begin_inset space ~
3872 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3873 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3876 \begin_layout Subsection
3878 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3885 \begin_inset Index idx
3888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3895 \begin_inset Index idx
3898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3907 \begin_layout Standard
3908 Paper margins are set in the menu
3910 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3914 \begin_inset Index idx
3917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3926 \begin_layout Standard
3927 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3928 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the print space automatically by taking
3929 the paper format and the font size into account.
3932 \begin_layout Subsection
3936 \begin_layout Standard
3937 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3942 That includes the paragraph environments.
3943 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3944 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3945 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3946 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3955 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3957 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3958 will either need to create a new style yourself or else convert these paragraph
3959 s manually to a style present in your new document class.
3962 \begin_layout Section
3963 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3964 \begin_inset Index idx
3967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3968 Paragraph ! Indentation
3976 \begin_layout Subsection
3978 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3980 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3987 \begin_layout Standard
3988 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3989 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3992 \begin_layout Standard
3993 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3994 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3995 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3996 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
4000 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
4006 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
4007 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
4008 language than English.
4009 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
4012 \begin_layout Standard
4013 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
4014 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
4016 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
4017 LyX takes care of that.
4018 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
4020 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
4021 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
4022 of a page, and so on.
4026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4027 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
4032 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
4033 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
4037 of these pre-coded spacings.
4038 We will explain more later.
4041 \begin_layout Subsection
4042 Paragraph Separation
4043 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4045 name "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
4050 \begin_inset Index idx
4053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4054 Paragraph ! Separation
4062 \begin_layout Standard
4063 To separate paragraphs, select
4074 \begin_inset space ~
4081 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4085 \begin_inset Index idx
4088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4094 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4097 \begin_layout Subsection
4101 \begin_layout Standard
4102 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4105 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4107 \begin_inset space ~
4112 dialog and toggle the
4115 \begin_inset space ~
4120 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4123 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4127 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4128 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4132 \begin_layout Standard
4133 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4134 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4137 \begin_layout Subsection
4139 \begin_inset Index idx
4142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4143 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4151 \begin_layout Standard
4154 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4158 \begin_inset Index idx
4161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4170 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4173 \begin_inset space ~
4182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4183 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4188 \begin_inset Index idx
4191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4192 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4197 installed to use this feature.
4205 \begin_layout Section
4206 Paragraph Environments
4207 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4209 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4214 \begin_inset Index idx
4217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4218 Paragraph ! Environments
4224 \begin_inset Index idx
4227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4228 Paragraph environments|(
4236 \begin_layout Subsection
4240 \begin_layout Standard
4241 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4244 \begin_layout Standard
4263 \begin_inset Newline newline
4266 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4267 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4268 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4277 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4280 \begin_layout Standard
4281 A paragraph environment is simply a
4282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4289 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4290 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4291 scheme, labels, and so on.
4292 Additionally, you can
4293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4300 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4301 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4302 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4303 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4304 days of typewriters.
4305 There are several paragraph environments that are specific to a particular
4307 We will only be covering the most common ones here.
4310 \begin_layout Standard
4311 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4312 \begin_inset Graphics
4313 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4319 at the left end of the toolbar.
4320 LyX will change the environment of the
4324 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4325 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4326 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4330 \begin_layout Standard
4339 create a new paragraph using the
4343 paragraph environment.
4345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4352 because if you are in one of these environments:
4355 \begin_layout Itemize
4361 \begin_layout Itemize
4367 \begin_layout Itemize
4373 \begin_layout Itemize
4379 \begin_layout Itemize
4385 \begin_layout Itemize
4391 \begin_layout Itemize
4397 \begin_layout Standard
4398 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4402 , rather than resetting it to
4407 Also the nesting depth is preserved (for more on nesting see section
4408 \begin_inset space ~
4412 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4414 reference "sec:Nesting"
4421 \begin_layout Subsection
4425 \begin_layout Standard
4426 The default paragraph environment is
4431 It creates a plain paragraph.
4432 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4433 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4434 this manual) are in the
4441 \begin_layout Standard
4442 You can nest a paragraph using the
4446 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4454 \begin_layout Subsection
4456 \begin_inset Index idx
4459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4468 \begin_layout Standard
4469 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4478 for thanks or contact information.
4479 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4480 page along with today's date.
4481 For other types of documents, the title
4482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4489 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4493 \begin_layout Standard
4494 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4508 Here's how you use them:
4511 \begin_layout Itemize
4512 Put the title of your document in the
4519 \begin_layout Itemize
4520 Put the author name in the
4527 \begin_layout Itemize
4528 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4529 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4535 Note that using this environment is optional.
4536 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4537 If you don't want any date, add the line
4538 \begin_inset Newline newline
4548 \begin_inset Newline newline
4551 to the preamble of your document (menu
4553 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4559 \begin_layout Standard
4560 You can use footnotes to insert
4561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4568 or contact information.
4571 \begin_layout Subsection
4573 \begin_inset Index idx
4576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4583 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4592 \begin_layout Standard
4593 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4594 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4597 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4599 \begin_inset Index idx
4602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4603 Section headings ! Numbered
4611 \begin_layout Standard
4612 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4616 \begin_layout Enumerate
4622 \begin_layout Enumerate
4628 \begin_layout Enumerate
4634 \begin_layout Enumerate
4640 \begin_layout Enumerate
4646 \begin_layout Enumerate
4652 \begin_layout Enumerate
4658 \begin_layout Standard
4659 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4660 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4661 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4664 \begin_layout Standard
4665 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4666 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4667 You group the book into chapters.
4668 LyX does similar grouping:
4671 \begin_layout Itemize
4676 is divided into either
4687 \begin_layout Itemize
4699 \begin_layout Itemize
4711 \begin_layout Itemize
4723 \begin_layout Itemize
4735 \begin_layout Itemize
4747 \begin_layout Standard
4748 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4756 Not all document types use the
4760 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4765 is the top-level heading.
4773 \begin_layout Standard
4778 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4779 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4781 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4793 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4795 \begin_inset Index idx
4798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4799 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4807 \begin_layout Standard
4808 The unnumbered section headings have a
4809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4816 at the end of their name.
4817 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in
4818 the table of contents, see section
4819 \begin_inset space ~
4823 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4832 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4833 Changing the Numbering
4834 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4836 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4843 \begin_layout Standard
4844 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4845 in the Table of Contents.
4846 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4848 Certain classes start with
4862 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4872 This is something you can change.
4875 \begin_layout Standard
4878 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4882 \begin_inset Index idx
4885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4894 \begin_inset space ~
4898 \begin_inset space ~
4903 you will see two counters.
4908 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4910 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4914 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4915 Short Titles of Headings
4916 \begin_inset Index idx
4919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4920 Section headings ! Short titles
4926 \begin_inset Argument 1
4929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4936 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4938 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4945 \begin_layout Standard
4946 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4947 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4948 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4949 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4952 \begin_layout Standard
4953 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4954 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4955 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4956 To specify a short title, use the menu
4958 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4960 \begin_inset space ~
4966 This will insert a box labeled
4967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4982 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4983 This also works for captions inside floats.
4986 \begin_layout Standard
4987 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4990 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4994 \begin_layout Standard
4995 The following information applies to all section headings:
4998 \begin_layout Itemize
4999 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
5002 \begin_layout Itemize
5003 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
5006 \begin_layout Itemize
5007 You can only use inline math in these environments.
5010 \begin_layout Itemize
5011 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
5014 \begin_layout Subsection
5015 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
5018 \begin_layout Standard
5019 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
5033 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
5034 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
5035 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
5036 the text they contain.
5037 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
5045 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5048 \begin_layout Standard
5049 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5058 when you start a new paragraph.
5059 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5063 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5064 Of course, that means that, once you are done typing in that poem, you
5065 have to change back to the
5069 environment yourself.
5078 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5085 \begin_inset Index idx
5088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5097 \begin_layout Standard
5098 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5099 time for the differences.
5108 are identical except for one difference:
5112 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5121 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5124 \begin_layout Standard
5125 Here's an example of the
5138 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5140 See – no indentation!
5144 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5145 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5146 the other paragraph.
5149 \begin_layout Standard
5150 Here's another example, this time in the
5157 \begin_layout Quotation
5163 If I keep writing, you will see the indentation.
5164 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5165 the first line, then
5169 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5173 you were quoting other text.
5176 \begin_layout Quotation
5177 Here's a new paragraph.
5178 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5179 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5182 \begin_layout Standard
5183 As the examples show,
5187 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5188 They should put quotes in the
5193 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5197 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5200 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5206 \begin_inset Index idx
5209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5218 \begin_inset Index idx
5221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5228 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5237 \begin_layout Standard
5242 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5248 \begin_inset Newline newline
5251 Which I did not rehearse!
5255 It could be much worse.
5256 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5258 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5259 indented a bit more than the first.
5260 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5266 \begin_inset Newline newline
5269 And make things look fine
5270 \begin_inset Newline newline
5276 arg "newline-insert newline"
5282 \begin_layout Standard
5287 does not indent both margins.
5288 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5289 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5296 arg "newline-insert newline"
5302 \begin_layout Subsection
5304 \begin_inset Index idx
5307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5314 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5323 \begin_layout Standard
5324 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5334 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5343 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5344 We will present the individual details of each type of list next after
5345 describing some general features of all four of them.
5348 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5352 \begin_layout Standard
5353 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5355 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5364 reset the environment to
5368 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5369 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5370 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5374 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5377 to break paragraphs.
5380 \begin_layout Standard
5381 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5382 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5384 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5385 you read all of section
5386 \begin_inset space ~
5390 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5392 reference "sec:Nesting"
5400 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5406 \begin_inset Index idx
5409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5416 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5425 \begin_layout Standard
5426 The first type of list we will describe in detail is the
5430 paragraph environment.
5431 It has the following properties:
5434 \begin_layout Itemize
5435 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5439 \begin_layout Itemize
5440 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5443 \begin_layout Itemize
5444 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5448 \begin_layout Itemize
5449 The items can have any length.
5450 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5451 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5458 \begin_layout Itemize
5463 environment inside another
5467 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5471 \begin_layout Itemize
5472 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5475 \begin_layout Itemize
5476 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5479 \begin_layout Itemize
5481 \begin_inset space ~
5485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5487 reference "sec:Nesting"
5491 for a full explanation of nesting.
5495 \begin_layout Standard
5496 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5505 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5508 \begin_layout Standard
5509 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5510 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5513 \begin_layout Itemize
5514 The label for the first level
5518 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5522 \begin_layout Itemize
5523 The label for the second level is a dash.
5527 \begin_layout Itemize
5528 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5532 \begin_layout Itemize
5533 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5537 \begin_layout Itemize
5538 Back out to the third level.
5542 \begin_layout Itemize
5543 Back to the second level.
5547 \begin_layout Itemize
5548 Back to the outermost level.
5551 \begin_layout Standard
5552 These are the default labels for an
5557 You can customize these labels in the
5559 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5562 dialog in the submenu
5569 \begin_inset Index idx
5572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5581 \begin_layout Standard
5582 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5583 We will explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5585 \begin_inset space ~
5589 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5591 reference "sec:Nesting"
5598 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5604 \begin_inset Index idx
5607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5614 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5616 name "sec:Enumerate"
5623 \begin_layout Standard
5628 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5629 It has these properties:
5632 \begin_layout Enumerate
5633 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5637 \begin_layout Enumerate
5638 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5642 \begin_layout Enumerate
5643 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5646 \begin_layout Enumerate
5651 environment resets the counter to one.
5654 \begin_layout Enumerate
5667 \begin_layout Enumerate
5668 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5669 Items can have any length.
5672 \begin_layout Enumerate
5673 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5676 \begin_layout Enumerate
5677 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5680 \begin_layout Enumerate
5681 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5685 \begin_layout Standard
5694 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5695 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5702 \begin_layout Enumerate
5703 The first level of an
5707 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5711 \begin_layout Enumerate
5712 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5716 \begin_layout Enumerate
5717 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5721 \begin_layout Enumerate
5722 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5725 \begin_layout Enumerate
5726 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5731 \begin_layout Enumerate
5732 Back to the third level
5736 \begin_layout Enumerate
5737 Back to the second level.
5741 \begin_layout Enumerate
5742 Back to the outermost level.
5745 \begin_layout Standard
5746 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5751 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5756 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5760 \begin_layout Standard
5761 There is more to nesting
5765 environments than we've stated here.
5766 You should read section
5767 \begin_inset space ~
5771 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5773 reference "sec:Nesting"
5777 to learn more about nesting.
5780 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5786 \begin_inset Index idx
5789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5798 \begin_layout Standard
5799 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5803 list has no fixed label.
5804 Instead, LyX uses the first
5805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5812 of the first line as the label.
5816 \begin_layout Description
5817 Example: This is an example of the
5824 \begin_layout Standard
5825 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5829 \begin_layout Standard
5831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5838 it is meant that the first hit of the
5842 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5844 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5852 arg "space-insert protected"
5857 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5858 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5860 \begin_inset space ~
5866 \begin_inset space ~
5870 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5872 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5876 for more info.) Here is an example:
5879 \begin_layout Description
5881 \begin_inset space ~
5884 Example: This one shows how to use a
5887 \begin_inset space ~
5899 \begin_layout Description
5900 Usage: You should use the
5904 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5905 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5907 It's not a good idea to use a
5911 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5912 You're better off using
5924 paragraphs into them.
5927 \begin_layout Description
5928 Nesting: You can nest
5932 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5936 \begin_layout Standard
5937 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5938 them from the first line.
5941 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5943 \begin_inset Index idx
5946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5955 \begin_layout Standard
5960 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5963 \begin_layout Standard
5972 list has user-defined labels for each list item but it provides some additional
5974 Here are its properties:
5977 \begin_layout Labeling
5978 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5980 \begin_inset space ~
5983 labels LyX uses the first
5984 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5988 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5991 of each line as the item label.
5996 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5997 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5998 blank as described above.
6001 \begin_layout Labeling
6002 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6003 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
6004 the body of the item text.
6005 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
6006 label width plus a little extra space.
6010 \begin_layout Labeling
6011 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6013 \begin_inset space ~
6016 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
6018 If the label width is larger, the label
6019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6026 into the first line.
6027 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6028 margin of the rest of the item text.
6031 \begin_layout Labeling
6032 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6034 \begin_inset space ~
6037 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6042 environment has the same left margin.
6043 \begin_inset Newline newline
6046 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6049 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6051 \begin_inset space ~
6056 dialog (toolbar button
6059 arg "layout-paragraph"
6066 \begin_inset space ~
6071 determines the default label width.
6072 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6081 multiple times instead.
6082 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6091 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6094 \begin_inset space ~
6099 every time you alter a label in a
6104 \begin_inset Newline newline
6107 The predefined default width is the length of
6108 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6116 \begin_inset space ~
6122 \begin_layout Standard
6127 list the same way as the
6131 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6137 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6141 \begin_layout Standard
6146 lists inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and so on.
6147 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6149 \begin_inset space ~
6153 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6155 reference "sec:Nesting"
6159 to learn about nesting.
6162 \begin_layout Standard
6163 There is yet another feature of the
6167 list: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item labels
6169 You can use additional
6173 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6178 are documented in section
6179 \begin_inset space ~
6183 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6185 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6190 Here are some examples:
6193 \begin_layout Labeling
6194 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6195 Left The default for
6202 \begin_layout Labeling
6203 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6204 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6211 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6214 \begin_layout Labeling
6215 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6216 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6220 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6227 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6230 \begin_layout Subsection
6232 \begin_inset Index idx
6235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6244 \begin_layout Standard
6245 To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
6248 Customisable Lists (enumitem)
6250 in the document settings.
6251 This loads the features of the LaTeX-package
6256 \begin_inset Index idx
6259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6260 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6268 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6269 Custom Enumerate Lists
6270 \begin_inset Index idx
6273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6274 Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
6282 \begin_layout Standard
6284 The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
6287 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6290 ) to the first item of each level in the list.
6291 There you add the command
6294 \begin_layout Standard
6302 \begin_layout Standard
6303 in TeX Code (shortcut
6313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6314 For more about TeX Code, look at section
6315 \begin_inset space ~
6319 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6321 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
6334 is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
6341 outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
6342 For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
6355 For Arabic numerals use
6363 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6367 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6370 items with capital or small Latin letters use
6385 \begin_layout Standard
6387 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6395 You can only number 26
6396 \begin_inset space ~
6399 items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
6407 \begin_layout Standard
6408 To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
6409 by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
6412 \begin_layout Standard
6413 As example a list with custom numbering:
6416 \begin_layout Enumerate
6417 \begin_inset Argument 1
6420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6446 \begin_layout Enumerate
6447 \begin_inset Argument 1
6450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6473 \begin_layout Enumerate
6478 \begin_layout Enumerate
6479 \begin_inset Argument 1
6482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6506 \begin_layout Enumerate
6507 \begin_inset Argument 1
6510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6536 \begin_layout Standard
6537 For this list these commands were used:
6540 \begin_layout Standard
6551 \begin_inset Newline newline
6559 \begin_inset Newline newline
6567 \begin_inset Newline newline
6577 \begin_layout Standard
6584 makes the label emphasized and
6593 \begin_layout Standard
6594 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6602 When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
6603 lists until you change the definition.
6611 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6613 \begin_inset Index idx
6616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6617 Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
6625 \begin_layout Standard
6626 Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
6629 \begin_layout Enumerate
6630 \begin_inset Argument 1
6633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6652 \begin_inset Note Note
6655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6656 goes back to default numbering
6664 \begin_layout Enumerate
6668 \begin_layout Standard
6672 \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
6676 \begin_layout Standard
6677 To resume an enumeration, use the style
6682 Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
6683 list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
6686 \begin_layout Standard
6687 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6695 If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
6703 \begin_layout Standard
6704 Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the
6706 Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
6707 This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
6708 of a normal enumeration.
6709 There, insert the command
6712 \begin_layout Standard
6718 \begin_layout Standard
6723 is the number with which you want to resume the list.
6727 \begin_layout Enumerate
6731 \begin_layout Enumerate
6735 \begin_layout Standard
6736 Enumeration starting at a given value:
6739 \begin_layout Enumerate
6740 \begin_inset Argument 1
6743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6759 This enumeration starts at 4
6762 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6764 \begin_inset Index idx
6767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6776 \begin_layout Standard
6777 In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
6779 For example if the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
6782 \begin_layout Itemize
6786 \begin_layout Itemize
6787 with standard spacing
6790 \begin_layout Standard
6791 You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
6793 Add there the command
6797 to get no additional list space like in this example:
6800 \begin_layout Itemize
6801 \begin_inset Argument 1
6804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6823 \begin_layout Itemize
6827 \begin_layout Itemize
6831 \begin_layout Standard
6832 To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
6838 \begin_inset Index idx
6841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6842 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6848 For more info see its documentation,
6849 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6858 \begin_layout Standard
6859 There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
6861 Here is an example where the indentation was changed to that of the paragraphs
6862 in the document and the label separation was set to 2
6863 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6866 cm so that the number is in the page margin:
6869 \begin_layout Enumerate
6870 \begin_inset Argument 1
6873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6881 parindent, labelsep=2cm
6894 \begin_layout Enumerate
6895 with negative indentation
6898 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6899 Further Customization
6900 \begin_inset Index idx
6903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6904 Lists ! Customization
6912 \begin_layout Standard
6913 You can also change the style of description lists.
6917 \begin_layout Standard
6923 \begin_layout Standard
6924 changes the description label font, the command
6927 \begin_layout Standard
6933 \begin_layout Standard
6934 sets the list style.
6937 \begin_layout Standard
6938 An example where the command
6941 \begin_layout Standard
6946 itshape, style=nextline
6949 \begin_layout Standard
6953 \begin_layout Description
6955 \begin_inset space ~
6959 \begin_inset Argument 1
6962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6968 labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
6970 itshape, style=nextline
6980 Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
6981 energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
6985 \begin_layout Description
6987 \begin_inset space ~
6990 counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
6991 the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
6992 object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
6995 \begin_layout Standard
6996 There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
7002 \begin_inset Index idx
7005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7006 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
7012 For more info see its documentation,
7013 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
7022 \begin_layout Subsection
7024 \begin_inset Index idx
7027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7036 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7044 \begin_inset space ~
7052 \begin_layout Standard
7053 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7061 \begin_inset space ~
7067 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7068 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7069 In contrast, you can use the
7076 \begin_inset space ~
7081 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7082 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7086 \begin_layout Standard
7087 Of course, you're not limited to using
7094 \begin_inset space ~
7103 \begin_inset space ~
7108 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7109 some European academic papers.
7112 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7114 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7116 name "sec:Address-Usage"
7123 \begin_layout Standard
7128 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7129 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7133 \begin_inset space ~
7138 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7139 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7140 Here's an example of each:
7143 \begin_layout Right Address
7145 \begin_inset Newline newline
7149 \begin_inset Newline newline
7153 \begin_inset Newline newline
7156 When is it? What is today?
7159 \begin_layout Standard
7163 \begin_inset space ~
7169 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7170 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7171 Here's an example of the
7178 \begin_layout Address
7180 \begin_inset Newline newline
7183 Where do I send this
7184 \begin_inset Newline newline
7187 Your post office and country
7190 \begin_layout Standard
7191 As you can see, both
7198 \begin_inset space ~
7203 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7208 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7214 This makes sense, since
7222 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7223 Thus, you have to use
7230 arg "newline-insert newline"
7236 \begin_inset space ~
7239 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7241 \begin_inset space ~
7250 menu) to start a new line in an
7257 \begin_inset space ~
7265 \begin_layout Subsection
7269 \begin_layout Standard
7270 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7271 or list of references.
7272 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7275 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7279 \begin_inset Index idx
7282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7291 \begin_layout Standard
7296 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7297 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7298 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7299 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7303 in anything else or vice versa.
7309 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
7310 The book document classes ignores the
7314 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7318 in a letter document class.
7321 \begin_layout Standard
7326 environment does several things for you.
7327 First, it puts the centered label
7328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7336 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7338 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7339 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7340 the subsequent text.
7341 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7342 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
7345 \begin_layout Standard
7346 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7350 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7351 The new paragraph will still be in the
7356 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7357 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7360 \begin_layout Standard
7361 \begin_inset Float figure
7366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7368 \begin_inset Graphics
7369 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
7376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7377 \begin_inset Caption Standard
7379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7380 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7382 name "fig:Paragraph-in-the"
7403 \begin_layout Standard
7404 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
7408 environment, but since this document is in the
7409 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7413 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7416 class, we can't do this.
7417 We inserted it therefore as figure
7418 \begin_inset space ~
7422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7424 reference "fig:Paragraph-in-the"
7429 If you've never heard of an
7430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7437 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7440 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7446 \begin_inset Index idx
7449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7456 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7458 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
7465 \begin_layout Standard
7470 environment is used to list references.
7471 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7472 only use it at the end of the document.
7477 in anything else or vice versa will not work.
7480 \begin_layout Standard
7481 When you first open a
7485 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7501 depending on the document class.
7502 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7503 Each paragraph of the
7507 environment is a bibliography entry.
7512 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7513 Each new paragraph is still in the
7520 \begin_layout Standard
7521 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
7522 by using a BibTeX database.
7523 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
7524 phy handling, have a look at section
7525 \begin_inset space ~
7529 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7531 reference "sec:Bibliography"
7538 \begin_layout Subsection
7542 \begin_inset Index idx
7545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7546 Paragraph ! LyX code
7552 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7561 \begin_layout Standard
7566 environment is another LyX extension.
7567 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7572 key as a fixed whitespace;
7576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7588 \begin_inset space ~
7593 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7598 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7599 If you need to insert blank lines, you will still need to use
7602 arg "newline-insert newline"
7619 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7620 So, when you finish using the
7624 environment, you will need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7625 Also, you can nest the
7629 environment inside of others.
7632 \begin_layout Standard
7633 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7636 \begin_layout Itemize
7640 arg "newline-insert newline"
7643 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
7644 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7648 \begin_inset space \space{}
7658 arg "newline-insert newline"
7664 \begin_layout Itemize
7668 arg "newline-insert newline"
7679 \begin_layout Itemize
7684 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7691 \begin_layout Itemize
7695 arg "space-insert protected"
7702 \begin_layout Itemize
7703 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7704 You must put at least one
7708 in any line you want blank.
7709 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7712 \begin_layout Itemize
7713 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7717 since that will insert
7722 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7725 arg "self-insert \""
7731 \begin_layout Standard
7735 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7739 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7743 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7747 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7751 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7752 printf("Hello World!
7757 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7761 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7765 \begin_layout Standard
7766 This is just the standard
7767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7778 \begin_layout Standard
7783 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7784 rc-files, and so on.
7785 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7786 as if you used a typewriter.
7787 \begin_inset Index idx
7790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7791 Paragraph environments|)
7796 For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described
7799 Program Code Listings
7804 \begin_inset space ~
7812 \begin_layout Section
7813 Nesting Environments
7814 \begin_inset Index idx
7817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7818 Nesting ! Environments
7824 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7833 \begin_layout Subsection
7837 \begin_layout Standard
7838 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7840 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7842 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7844 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7856 \begin_layout Enumerate
7860 \begin_layout Enumerate
7865 \begin_layout Enumerate
7869 \begin_layout Enumerate
7874 \begin_layout Enumerate
7878 \begin_layout Standard
7879 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7880 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7883 \begin_inset space ~
7887 \begin_inset space ~
7895 \begin_inset space ~
7899 \begin_inset space ~
7908 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7909 will tell you how far you are nested).
7910 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7913 arg "depth-increment"
7919 arg "depth-decrement"
7922 or the convenient key bindings
7933 arg "depth-increment"
7939 arg "depth-decrement"
7942 to change the nesting level.
7943 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7944 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7948 \begin_layout Standard
7949 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7950 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7951 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7952 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7955 \begin_layout Standard
7956 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7957 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7959 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7962 \begin_layout Subsection
7963 What You Can and Can't Nest
7966 \begin_layout Standard
7967 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7968 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7971 \begin_layout Standard
7972 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7973 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7974 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7977 \begin_layout Itemize
7978 Completely unnestable
7981 \begin_layout Itemize
7982 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7986 \begin_layout Itemize
7987 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7991 \begin_layout Standard
7992 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7993 environments have them:
7996 \begin_layout Description
7997 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7998 Can't nest into them.
8002 \begin_layout Itemize
8008 \begin_layout Itemize
8014 \begin_layout Itemize
8020 \begin_layout Itemize
8026 \begin_layout Itemize
8033 \begin_layout Description
8035 \begin_inset space ~
8038 Nestable You can nest them.
8039 You can nest other things into them.
8043 \begin_layout Itemize
8049 \begin_layout Itemize
8055 \begin_layout Itemize
8061 \begin_layout Itemize
8067 \begin_layout Itemize
8073 \begin_layout Itemize
8079 \begin_layout Itemize
8085 \begin_layout Itemize
8092 \begin_layout Description
8093 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
8094 You can't nest anything into them.
8098 \begin_layout Itemize
8104 \begin_layout Itemize
8110 \begin_layout Itemize
8116 \begin_layout Itemize
8122 \begin_layout Itemize
8128 \begin_layout Itemize
8134 \begin_layout Itemize
8140 \begin_layout Itemize
8146 \begin_layout Itemize
8152 \begin_layout Itemize
8158 \begin_layout Itemize
8164 \begin_layout Itemize
8170 \begin_layout Itemize
8176 \begin_layout Itemize
8180 \begin_inset space ~
8186 \begin_layout Itemize
8193 \begin_layout Standard
8194 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8202 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
8211 \begin_inset space ~
8215 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8219 \begin_inset space \space{}
8222 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
8223 well-structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
8224 section headings violate this.
8232 \begin_layout Subsection
8233 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8234 \begin_inset Index idx
8237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8238 Nesting ! Tables etc.
8246 \begin_layout Standard
8247 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8248 affected by nesting anyhow.
8252 \begin_layout Itemize
8256 \begin_layout Itemize
8260 \begin_layout Itemize
8264 \begin_layout Standard
8266 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8274 Figures and tables in
8278 are not affected by this.
8283 Have a look at section
8284 \begin_inset space ~
8288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8290 reference "sec:Floats"
8294 for more information about
8301 \begin_layout Standard
8302 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8303 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
8307 \begin_layout Standard
8308 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8309 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8316 of its own, it behaves just like a
8317 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8324 paragraph environment.
8325 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
8329 \begin_layout Standard
8330 Here's an example with a table:
8333 \begin_layout Enumerate
8338 \begin_layout Enumerate
8339 This is (a) and it's nested.
8343 \begin_layout Standard
8344 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8350 \begin_layout Standard
8352 \begin_inset Tabular
8353 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8354 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
8355 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8356 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8440 \begin_layout Standard
8441 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8448 \begin_layout Enumerate
8450 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8454 \begin_layout Enumerate
8458 \begin_layout Standard
8459 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8462 \begin_layout Enumerate
8467 \begin_layout Enumerate
8468 This is (a) and it's nested.
8472 \begin_layout Standard
8473 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8479 \begin_layout Standard
8481 \begin_inset Tabular
8482 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8483 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
8484 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8485 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8569 \begin_layout Standard
8570 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8576 \begin_layout Enumerate
8583 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8586 \begin_layout Enumerate
8590 \begin_layout Standard
8591 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8595 \begin_layout Standard
8596 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
8598 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
8601 \begin_layout Enumerate
8606 \begin_layout Enumerate
8607 This is (a) and it's nested.
8610 \begin_layout Standard
8611 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8617 \begin_layout Standard
8619 \begin_inset Tabular
8620 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8621 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
8622 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8623 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8708 \begin_layout Standard
8709 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8715 \begin_layout Enumerate
8717 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8724 \begin_layout Enumerate
8728 \begin_layout Standard
8729 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
8735 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
8736 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
8740 \begin_layout Subsection
8741 Usage and General Features
8744 \begin_layout Standard
8745 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
8747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8754 is the innermost possible depth.
8755 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
8758 \begin_layout Enumerate
8759 level #1 – outermost
8763 \begin_layout Enumerate
8768 \begin_layout Enumerate
8773 \begin_layout Enumerate
8778 \begin_layout Itemize
8783 \begin_layout Itemize
8792 \begin_layout Standard
8793 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8794 both of them in the example.
8795 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8805 For example, if we tried to nest another
8810 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8814 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8817 , we would get errors.
8820 \begin_layout Subsection
8822 \begin_inset Index idx
8825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8834 \begin_layout Standard
8835 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8836 We have several examples of nested environments.
8837 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8841 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8842 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8845 \begin_layout Labeling
8846 \labelwidthstring MMM
8847 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8856 \begin_layout Labeling
8857 \labelwidthstring MMM
8858 #2-a This is level #2.
8859 We created it by using
8862 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8868 arg "depth-increment"
8875 \begin_layout Labeling
8876 \labelwidthstring MMM
8877 #3-a This is level #3.
8878 This time, we just hit
8885 arg "depth-increment"
8889 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8893 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8899 arg "depth-increment"
8906 \begin_layout Standard
8911 environment, nested inside of
8912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8920 So, it's at level #4.
8921 We did this by hitting
8924 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8930 arg "depth-increment"
8933 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8938 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8954 \begin_layout Standard
8959 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8962 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8968 \begin_layout Labeling
8969 \labelwidthstring MMM
8970 #4-a This is level #4.
8974 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8977 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8982 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8986 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8991 keep nesting things inside
8992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9003 \begin_layout Labeling
9004 \labelwidthstring MMM
9005 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9010 \begin_layout Labeling
9011 \labelwidthstring MMM
9012 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9013 and this is level #6.
9014 By now, you should know how we made these two.
9018 \begin_layout Labeling
9019 \labelwidthstring MMM
9020 #5-b Back to level #5.
9024 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9030 arg "depth-decrement"
9037 \begin_layout Labeling
9038 \labelwidthstring MMM
9042 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9048 arg "depth-decrement"
9051 , we're back at level #4.
9055 \begin_layout Labeling
9056 \labelwidthstring MMM
9057 #3-b Back to level #3.
9058 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9062 \begin_layout Labeling
9063 \labelwidthstring MMM
9064 #2-b Back to level #2.
9069 \begin_layout Labeling
9070 \labelwidthstring MMM
9071 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9072 After this sentence, we will hit
9076 and change the paragraph environment back to
9083 \begin_layout Standard
9084 We could have also used the
9100 environment in place of the
9105 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9108 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9109 Example 2: Inheritance
9112 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9113 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9116 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9125 arg "depth-increment"
9128 , after which, we will change to the
9136 \begin_layout Enumerate
9141 environment, at level #2.
9144 \begin_layout Enumerate
9145 Notice how the nested
9149 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
9153 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
9157 \begin_layout Standard
9158 We ended this example by hitting
9163 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9167 and reset the nesting depth by using
9170 arg "depth-decrement"
9176 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9177 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
9186 \begin_inset Argument 1
9189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9190 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9198 \begin_layout Enumerate
9199 This is level #1, in an
9203 paragraph environment.
9204 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9208 \begin_layout Enumerate
9213 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9219 arg "depth-increment"
9223 Now, what happens if we nest an
9227 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9228 label be? An asterisk?
9232 \begin_layout Itemize
9242 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9243 So, its label is a bullet.
9244 (We got here by using
9247 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9253 arg "depth-increment"
9256 , then changing the environment to
9264 \begin_layout Itemize
9265 Here's level #4, produced using
9268 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9274 arg "depth-increment"
9278 We will do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9283 \begin_layout Enumerate
9284 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9286 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9291 Notice the type of numbering, it is
9295 , because we are in the
9304 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9323 \begin_layout Enumerate
9328 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9329 type of numbering does LyX use?
9332 \begin_layout Enumerate
9333 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9336 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9339 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9342 \begin_layout Enumerate
9346 arg "depth-decrement"
9349 to decrease the depth after the next
9352 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9359 \begin_layout Enumerate
9361 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9365 \begin_layout Enumerate
9367 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9368 numeral as the label.Why?
9371 \begin_layout Enumerate
9372 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9381 Notice, however, that LyX
9385 reset the counter for the label.
9389 \begin_layout Enumerate
9393 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9399 arg "depth-decrement"
9402 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9403 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9404 into the twofold-nested
9412 \begin_layout Enumerate
9413 The same thing happens if we do another
9416 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9422 arg "depth-decrement"
9425 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9428 \begin_layout Standard
9429 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9434 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
9448 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
9454 The same rule applies for the
9458 environment, as well.
9461 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9462 Example 4: Going Bonkers
9465 \begin_layout Enumerate
9466 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9467 We will not nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into
9468 the same detail with how we did it.
9477 \begin_layout Standard
9485 arg "depth-increment"
9492 : level #2) We will stick an encapsulated description of how we created
9493 the example in parentheses someplace.
9494 For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
9495 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
9496 Either before or after this, we will put in the level.
9500 \begin_layout Enumerate
9505 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
9510 Now we will add verse.
9511 \begin_inset Newline newline
9514 It will get much worse.
9515 \begin_inset Newline newline
9525 arg "depth-increment"
9536 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9537 \begin_inset Newline newline
9540 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9541 \begin_inset Newline newline
9547 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9560 \begin_layout Standard
9561 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9567 \begin_layout Standard
9569 \begin_inset Tabular
9570 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9571 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
9572 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9573 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
9578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
9616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9662 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9672 arg "depth-increment"
9678 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9688 arg "depth-decrement"
9695 \begin_layout Enumerate
9700 : level #1) This is another item.
9701 Note that selecting a
9705 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9706 3 times to put the table inside the
9714 \begin_layout Quotation
9715 We're now ending the
9719 list and changing to
9724 We're still at level #1.
9725 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
9726 The next set of paragraphs is a
9727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9734 We will nest both the
9741 \begin_inset space ~
9746 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
9750 for the letter body.
9754 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9757 to preserve the depth.
9758 Remember that you need to use
9761 arg "newline-insert newline"
9764 to create multiple lines inside the
9771 \begin_inset space ~
9781 \begin_layout Right Address
9783 \begin_inset Newline newline
9786 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9787 \begin_inset Newline newline
9793 \begin_layout Address
9795 \begin_inset space ~
9801 \begin_layout Quotation
9802 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9803 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9806 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9807 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9808 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9809 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9810 as soon as possible.
9811 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9814 \begin_layout Quotation
9815 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9816 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9817 with your order, along with payment.
9820 \begin_layout Quotation
9821 We thank you again for your patience.
9824 \begin_layout Address
9826 \begin_inset Newline newline
9833 \begin_layout Quotation
9834 That ends that example!
9837 \begin_layout Standard
9838 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9839 just a few keystrokes.
9840 We could have easily nested an
9861 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9864 \begin_layout Section
9865 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9866 \begin_inset Index idx
9869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9878 \begin_layout Standard
9879 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9880 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9881 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9882 be broken at the end of a line.
9883 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9887 \begin_layout Subsection
9889 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9891 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9896 \begin_inset Index idx
9899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9908 \begin_layout Standard
9909 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9911 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
9915 Further documentation is given in section
9916 \begin_inset Newline newline
9920 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9922 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9930 \begin_layout Standard
9931 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9940 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9944 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9946 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9955 A protected space is set with
9957 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9958 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9962 \begin_inset space ~
9972 arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space"
9978 \begin_layout Subsection
9980 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9982 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9987 \begin_inset Index idx
9990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9991 Spacing ! Horizontal
9999 \begin_layout Standard
10000 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
10002 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10003 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10007 The length units are listed in Appendix
10008 \begin_inset space ~
10012 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10014 reference "chap:Units-available-in"
10021 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10023 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10025 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
10030 \begin_inset Index idx
10033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10034 Spaces ! Inter-word
10042 \begin_layout Standard
10044 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10048 \begin_inset space \space{}
10051 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
10052 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
10053 \begin_inset space ~
10057 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10059 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
10064 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
10065 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
10068 arg "space-insert normal"
10074 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10076 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10078 name "sub:Thin-Space"
10083 \begin_inset Index idx
10086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10095 \begin_layout Standard
10097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10104 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
10105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10113 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
10114 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
10115 inside abbreviations:
10118 \begin_layout Quote
10120 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10124 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
10127 \begin_layout Standard
10128 or between values and units.
10129 Compare for example this:
10130 \begin_inset Newline newline
10134 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10138 \begin_inset Newline newline
10141 10 kg (normal space
10144 \begin_layout Standard
10145 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
10147 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10148 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10150 \begin_inset space ~
10158 arg "space-insert thin"
10164 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10168 \begin_layout Standard
10169 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
10172 \begin_layout Description
10174 \begin_inset space ~
10178 \begin_inset space ~
10181 space A line with a
10182 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10186 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
10190 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10193 Negative thin space between the arrows.
10196 \begin_layout Description
10198 \begin_inset space ~
10202 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10206 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10210 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
10214 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10218 \begin_inset space ~
10222 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10225 em) space between the arrows.
10228 \begin_layout Description
10230 \begin_inset space ~
10234 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10238 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10242 \begin_inset space \quad{}
10246 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10250 \begin_inset space ~
10254 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10257 em) space between the arrows.
10260 \begin_layout Description
10262 \begin_inset space ~
10266 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10270 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10274 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
10278 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10282 \begin_inset space ~
10286 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10289 em) space between the arrows.
10292 \begin_layout Description
10294 \begin_inset space ~
10298 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10302 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
10307 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10311 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10314 cm space between the arrows.
10317 \begin_layout Standard
10319 \begin_inset space ~
10323 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10325 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
10329 lists the different space sizes.
10332 \begin_layout Standard
10333 \begin_inset Float table
10338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10340 \begin_inset Caption Standard
10342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10343 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10345 name "tab:Width-of-the"
10349 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
10357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10359 \begin_inset Tabular
10360 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
10361 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
10362 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10363 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10403 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10427 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10451 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10475 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10490 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10503 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10518 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10531 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10546 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10559 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10580 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10586 \begin_inset Index idx
10589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10598 \begin_layout Standard
10599 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
10600 in a uniform fashion.
10601 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
10602 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
10603 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
10604 equally between themselves.
10607 \begin_layout Standard
10608 Here are a few examples of what you can do with them:
10611 \begin_layout Quote
10613 This is on the left side
10614 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10617 This is on the right
10620 \begin_layout Quote
10623 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10627 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10633 \begin_layout Quote
10636 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10640 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10644 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10650 \begin_layout Standard
10651 That was an example in the
10657 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10661 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10665 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10668 is one in a standard paragraph.
10669 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
10673 sitting in-between the two arrows.
10676 \begin_layout Standard
10677 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
10680 \begin_inset space ~
10685 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
10688 \begin_layout Standard
10690 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
10694 \begin_inset space ~
10700 \begin_layout Standard
10702 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
10706 \begin_inset space ~
10712 \begin_layout Standard
10714 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
10718 \begin_inset space ~
10724 \begin_layout Standard
10726 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
10730 \begin_inset space ~
10736 \begin_layout Standard
10738 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
10742 \begin_inset space ~
10748 \begin_layout Standard
10750 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
10754 \begin_inset space ~
10760 \begin_layout Standard
10761 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10769 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10773 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10774 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10775 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10779 option in the space dialog.
10787 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10789 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10791 name "sub:Phantom-Space"
10796 \begin_inset Index idx
10799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10808 \begin_layout Standard
10809 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10811 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10815 \begin_inset space \space{}
10818 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10821 \begin_layout Standard
10822 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10825 What is correct English?:
10826 \begin_inset Newline newline
10830 \begin_inset Newline newline
10834 \begin_inset space ~
10837 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10838 \begin_inset Newline newline
10842 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10853 \begin_inset Newline newline
10857 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10868 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10874 \begin_layout Standard
10875 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10880 \begin_inset space ~
10884 \begin_inset space ~
10888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10892 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10894 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10895 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10899 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10905 \begin_inset space ~
10909 \begin_inset space ~
10913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10916 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10925 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10926 That is why it is named
10927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10935 The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
10936 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10940 \begin_layout Subsection
10942 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10944 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10949 \begin_inset Index idx
10952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10961 \begin_layout Standard
10962 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10964 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10965 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10967 \begin_inset space ~
10973 There you find the following sizes:
10976 \begin_layout Standard
10989 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10994 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10996 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11000 \begin_inset Index idx
11003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11004 Document ! Settings
11009 for the paragraph separation.
11010 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
11021 \begin_layout Standard
11027 \begin_inset Index idx
11030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11036 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
11037 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
11039 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
11040 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
11049 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
11053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11058 s are described in section
11059 \begin_inset space ~
11063 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11065 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
11074 If there are several
11078 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
11079 You can therefore use
11083 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
11086 \begin_layout Standard
11091 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
11092 \begin_inset space ~
11096 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11098 reference "chap:Units-available-in"
11105 \begin_layout Standard
11106 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11116 If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
11117 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
11129 \begin_layout Subsection
11130 Paragraph Alignment
11131 \begin_inset Index idx
11134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11135 Paragraph ! Alignment
11143 \begin_layout Standard
11144 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
11146 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11149 dialog (toolbar button
11152 arg "layout-paragraph"
11156 There are five possibilities:
11159 \begin_layout Itemize
11167 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
11173 \begin_layout Itemize
11181 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
11187 \begin_layout Itemize
11195 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
11201 \begin_layout Itemize
11209 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
11215 \begin_layout Itemize
11223 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
11229 \begin_layout Standard
11230 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
11231 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
11232 the left and right margins.
11233 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
11236 \begin_layout Standard
11238 This paragraph is right aligned,
11241 \begin_layout Standard
11243 this one is centered,
11246 \begin_layout Standard
11248 this one is left aligned.
11251 \begin_layout Subsection
11253 \begin_inset Index idx
11256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11257 Page breaks ! Forced
11263 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11265 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
11272 \begin_layout Standard
11273 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
11274 can force a page break where you want one.
11275 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
11276 Only if you use a lot of
11280 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
11283 \begin_layout Standard
11284 We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
11285 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
11289 have to change the page breaking.
11292 \begin_layout Standard
11293 There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
11295 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
11297 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11298 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11300 \begin_inset space ~
11306 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
11308 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11309 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11311 \begin_inset space ~
11316 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
11318 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
11319 on which only the last few lines are absent.
11322 \begin_layout Standard
11323 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
11324 at the top of a page.
11325 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
11326 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
11327 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
11328 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
11330 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11332 reference "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
11336 to learn more about
11343 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11345 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11347 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
11352 \begin_inset Index idx
11355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11356 Page breaks ! Clear
11364 \begin_layout Standard
11365 Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
11366 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
11367 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
11368 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
11369 it, if necessary by adding pages.
11372 \begin_layout Standard
11373 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
11375 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11376 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11378 \begin_inset space ~
11384 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
11386 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11387 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11389 \begin_inset space ~
11393 \begin_inset space ~
11398 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
11399 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
11402 \begin_layout Subsection
11404 \begin_inset Index idx
11407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11414 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11416 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
11423 \begin_layout Standard
11424 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
11426 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
11428 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11429 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11431 \begin_inset space ~
11435 \begin_inset space ~
11443 arg "newline-insert newline"
11447 Another type that is inserted via the menu
11449 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11450 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11452 \begin_inset space ~
11456 \begin_inset space ~
11461 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
11463 This is useful to avoid
11464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11471 in justified paragraphs due to possible whitespace introduced by line breaks.
11474 \begin_layout Standard
11475 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
11476 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
11477 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
11478 set a line break, e.
11479 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11483 \begin_inset space \space{}
11486 in a poem or for an address (see sections
11487 \begin_inset space ~
11491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11493 reference "sec:Quote"
11498 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11500 reference "sec:Verse"
11505 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11507 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
11514 \begin_layout Subsection
11516 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11518 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
11523 \begin_inset Index idx
11526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11535 \begin_layout Standard
11537 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11548 \begin_layout Standard
11552 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11553 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11555 \begin_inset space ~
11560 you can insert horizontal lines.
11561 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
11562 of the current text line or the paragraph.
11563 The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
11566 \begin_layout Standard
11568 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11579 \begin_layout Section
11580 Characters and Symbols
11583 \begin_layout Standard
11584 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
11585 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
11586 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11590 \begin_inset space \space{}
11593 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
11595 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11599 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11601 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
11605 for information on how this is done.
11608 \begin_layout Standard
11609 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
11614 dialog via the menu
11616 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11617 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11623 \begin_layout Standard
11624 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11632 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
11633 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
11634 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
11642 \begin_layout Section
11643 Fonts and Text Styles
11644 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11646 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
11653 \begin_layout Subsection
11655 \begin_inset Index idx
11658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11667 \begin_layout Standard
11668 There are two types of fonts:
11671 \begin_layout Description
11673 \begin_inset space ~
11677 \begin_inset Index idx
11680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11686 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
11687 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11691 characters) in the font.
11692 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
11693 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
11694 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
11695 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
11696 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
11697 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
11698 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
11699 \begin_inset Newline newline
11702 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
11703 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
11704 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
11705 sizes than at small ones.
11706 \begin_inset Newline newline
11720 \begin_inset space ~
11728 \begin_layout Description
11730 \begin_inset space ~
11734 \begin_inset Index idx
11737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11743 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11744 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11745 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11746 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11747 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11748 picture manipulation program.
11749 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11750 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
11751 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11752 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11753 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11755 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11756 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11757 \begin_inset Newline newline
11760 Bitmap fonts are named
11763 \begin_inset space ~
11768 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
11771 \begin_layout Standard
11772 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
11773 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11774 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11775 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11776 use scalable fonts.
11779 \begin_layout Standard
11780 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
11781 its document properties.
11784 \begin_layout Standard
11785 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11786 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11787 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11788 font to emphasize text, you use an
11789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11797 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11798 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11802 \begin_layout Subsection
11804 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11806 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11813 \begin_layout Standard
11814 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11815 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11816 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11818 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11819 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11820 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11821 to usual word processors.
11822 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11823 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11824 across different machines.
11825 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11826 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11828 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11830 \begin_inset space ~
11834 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11836 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11841 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11842 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11846 \begin_layout Standard
11847 Recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are also able to
11848 directly access fonts that are installed for your operating system, namely
11850 Both engines are supported by LyX.
11851 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11852 that is installed on your system.
11853 The next section describes how to use these fonts.
11856 \begin_layout Standard
11857 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11865 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11866 es; so you might have to experiment.
11874 \begin_layout Standard
11875 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11883 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11884 as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
11892 \begin_layout Subsection
11893 Document Font and Font size
11894 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11896 name "sub:Document-Font"
11901 \begin_inset Index idx
11904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11911 \begin_inset Index idx
11914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11923 \begin_layout Standard
11924 You can set the document fonts in the
11926 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11930 \begin_inset Index idx
11933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11934 Document ! Settings
11944 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11945 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11948 \begin_inset space ~
11957 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11958 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11962 \begin_layout Standard
11969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11978 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11979 This requires that you use
11985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12024 as the output format, i.
12025 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12029 \begin_inset space \space{}
12032 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
12033 \begin_inset space ~
12037 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12039 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
12044 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts.
12045 Note that LyX then lists all available fonts in each of the three lists
12047 \begin_inset space ~
12050 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
12051 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
12052 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
12054 LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
12057 \begin_layout Standard
12058 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
12063 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
12068 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
12069 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
12070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12076 \begin_inset space ~
12082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12095 European Computer Modern
12098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12105 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
12108 \begin_layout Standard
12117 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
12118 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
12122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12123 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
12126 \begin_inset space ~
12131 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
12137 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
12138 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
12141 \begin_layout Itemize
12145 \begin_inset space ~
12150 fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
12163 \begin_inset space ~
12168 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
12172 as the default font.
12173 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
12174 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
12177 \begin_inset space ~
12190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12191 One difference is improved kerning.
12199 \begin_layout Itemize
12203 \begin_inset space ~
12207 \begin_inset space ~
12212 fonts in (the rare) case that
12215 \begin_inset space ~
12220 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
12235 Virtual means that it
12236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12247 -glyphs from other fonts.
12248 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
12250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12270 Loading the LaTeX-package
12275 \begin_inset Index idx
12278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12279 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
12284 with the document preamble line
12285 \begin_inset Newline newline
12292 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
12293 \begin_inset Newline newline
12298 will fix the guillemet problem.
12303 and that accented characters are not
12307 glyph, but built of
12311 characters, the accent and the letter.
12312 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
12318 If you search for example for the French word
12319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12326 in a PDF, you will not get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches
12328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12335 and not for the glyph
12336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12340 \begin_inset space ~
12344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12350 \begin_layout Itemize
12351 If you do not like the look of
12359 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
12360 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12364 \begin_inset space ~
12370 \begin_inset space ~
12380 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
12381 \begin_inset space ~
12384 serif and typewriter fonts,
12388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12389 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
12390 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12396 \begin_inset space ~
12405 for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i.
12406 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12410 \begin_inset space \space{}
12418 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12422 \begin_inset space \space{}
12428 \begin_inset space ~
12436 \begin_inset space ~
12446 but you can also select your own.
12447 \begin_inset Newline newline
12450 The differences between roman,
12453 \begin_inset space ~
12462 fonts are explained in section
12463 \begin_inset space ~
12467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12469 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12474 \begin_inset Newline newline
12480 \begin_inset space ~
12485 was originally designed for newspapers.
12486 Its glyphs are thus smaller than glyphs from other fonts in order to fit
12487 into the small newspaper columns.
12491 \begin_inset space ~
12496 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
12499 \begin_layout Standard
12500 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
12513 Some classes provide additional sizes.
12518 depends on the class you are using.
12519 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
12522 \begin_layout Standard
12523 Note that the font size is the
12528 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
12529 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
12530 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
12533 \begin_inset space ~
12539 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
12540 \begin_inset space ~
12544 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12546 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12553 \begin_layout Standard
12558 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
12560 \begin_inset space ~
12563 serif or typewriter.
12568 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
12578 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
12581 \begin_layout Standard
12590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12599 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
12605 \begin_inset Index idx
12608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12609 LaTeX-packages ! fontenc
12615 \begin_inset space ~
12619 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12621 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
12626 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
12627 Unless you have specific reasons, use
12634 \begin_layout Standard
12635 With some fonts, the checkboxes
12637 Use Old Style Figures
12641 Use True Small Caps
12644 These are extra features some fonts provide.
12647 Use Old Style Figures
12649 is checked, old style figures (also known as medieval or text figures)
12651 Old style figures are the numerals (0
12652 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12656 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12659 9) with ascenders and descenders, which makes them fit nicely with lower
12663 Use True Small Caps
12665 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
12666 of scaled capitals.
12667 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
12668 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
12671 \begin_layout Standard
12676 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
12677 a font to display the script characters.
12681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12682 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
12687 \begin_inset Index idx
12690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12691 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
12696 So this has no effect for the document language
12712 \begin_layout Standard
12713 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12717 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12725 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
12729 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
12730 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
12731 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
12733 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12736 dialog, see section
12737 \begin_inset space ~
12741 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12743 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
12755 \begin_layout Subsection
12756 Using Different Character Styles
12757 \begin_inset Index idx
12760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12767 \begin_inset Index idx
12770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12779 \begin_layout Standard
12780 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
12781 certain paragraph environments.
12782 LyX supports two character styles,
12791 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
12795 \begin_layout Standard
12800 style, do one of the following:
12803 \begin_layout Itemize
12804 click on the toolbar button
12813 \begin_layout Itemize
12814 use the key binding
12823 \begin_layout Standard
12824 These commands are all toggles.
12829 style is already active, they deactivate it.
12832 \begin_layout Standard
12833 One typically uses the
12837 style for proper names.
12839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12846 is the original author of LyX.
12847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12853 \begin_layout Standard
12854 A more widely used character style is the
12859 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12866 \begin_layout Itemize
12867 clicking on the toolbar button
12876 \begin_layout Itemize
12877 using the keybindings
12886 \begin_layout Standard
12891 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12892 es use a different font.
12895 \begin_layout Standard
12896 We've been using the
12900 style all over the place in this document.
12901 Here's one more example:
12904 \begin_layout Quotation
12907 Do not overuse character styles!
12910 \begin_layout Standard
12911 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12912 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12913 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12914 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12918 \begin_layout Standard
12919 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12927 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12929 \begin_inset space ~
12937 \begin_layout Subsection
12938 Fine-Tuning with the
12943 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12945 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12950 \begin_inset Index idx
12953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12962 \begin_layout Standard
12963 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12964 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12965 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12966 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12967 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12968 from ordinary dialog.
12971 \begin_layout Standard
12972 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12973 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12974 \begin_inset Newline newline
12977 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12978 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12981 \begin_layout Standard
12982 To use custom character styles, open the
12984 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12986 \begin_inset space ~
12989 Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12992 dialog or press the toolbar button
12995 arg "dialog-show character"
12999 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
13000 font property that you can choose.
13001 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
13004 \begin_inset space ~
13009 , which keeps the current state of that property.
13014 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
13015 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
13016 environments in a snap.
13019 \begin_layout Standard
13020 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
13023 \begin_inset space ~
13035 \begin_layout Labeling
13036 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13050 The possible options are:
13054 \begin_layout Labeling
13055 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13060 This is the Roman font family.
13061 Normally a serif font.
13062 It's also the default family.
13072 \begin_layout Labeling
13073 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13077 \begin_inset space ~
13084 This is the Sans Serif font family.
13096 \begin_layout Labeling
13097 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13104 This is the Typewriter font family.
13110 arg "font-typewriter"
13119 \begin_layout Labeling
13120 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13125 This corresponds to the print weight.
13130 \begin_layout Labeling
13131 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13136 This is the Medium font series.
13137 It's also the default series.
13140 \begin_layout Labeling
13141 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13148 This is the Bold font series.
13161 \begin_layout Labeling
13162 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13167 As the name implies.
13172 \begin_layout Labeling
13173 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13178 This is the Upright font shape.
13179 It's also the default shape.
13182 \begin_layout Labeling
13183 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13197 s the Italic font shape
13203 \begin_layout Labeling
13204 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13211 This is the Slanted font shape
13213 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
13216 \begin_layout Labeling
13217 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13221 \begin_inset space ~
13228 This is the Small caps font shape
13235 \begin_layout Labeling
13236 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13241 Alters the size of the font.
13242 You will find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually
13243 proportional to the document font size.
13244 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
13245 what you want to do.
13250 \begin_layout Labeling
13251 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13272 arg "font-size tiny"
13278 \begin_layout Labeling
13279 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13300 arg "font-size scriptsize"
13306 \begin_layout Labeling
13307 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13328 arg "font-size footnotesize"
13334 \begin_layout Labeling
13335 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13347 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13356 arg "font-size small"
13362 \begin_layout Labeling
13363 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13369 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13373 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13377 It's also the default size.
13381 arg "font-size normal"
13387 \begin_layout Labeling
13388 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13396 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13409 arg "font-size large"
13415 \begin_layout Labeling
13416 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13424 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13428 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13437 arg "font-size larger"
13443 \begin_layout Labeling
13444 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13465 arg "font-size largest"
13471 \begin_layout Labeling
13472 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13493 arg "font-size huge"
13499 \begin_layout Labeling
13500 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13512 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13521 arg "font-size giant"
13527 \begin_layout Labeling
13528 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13533 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
13534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13542 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13546 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13553 arg "font-size increase"
13559 \begin_layout Labeling
13560 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13565 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
13566 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13578 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13585 arg "font-size decrease"
13592 \begin_layout Standard
13597 : don't go crazy with this feature.
13598 You should almost never need to change the font size.
13599 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
13600 — use those instead.
13601 This is here for fine-tuning only!
13604 \begin_layout Labeling
13605 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13610 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
13615 \begin_layout Labeling
13616 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13623 This is text with emphasize on
13626 This might seem like the same as
13630 , but it is actually a bit different.
13636 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
13638 Normally this font is equal to italic.
13641 \begin_layout Labeling
13642 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13649 This is text with Underbar on.
13655 arg "font-underline"
13661 \begin_inset Newline newline
13666 Avoid using underbar if you can! It is a hangover from the typewriter days,
13667 when you could not change fonts.
13668 One no longer needs to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
13669 This is only possible in LyX because some people
13673 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13676 \begin_layout Labeling
13677 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13681 \begin_inset space ~
13688 This is text with Double underbar on.
13694 arg "font-underunderline"
13698 \begin_inset Newline newline
13701 As we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
13702 about double underbar.
13705 \begin_layout Labeling
13706 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13710 \begin_inset space ~
13717 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
13723 arg "font-underwave"
13727 \begin_inset Newline newline
13730 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
13731 Keep antinausea pills handy.
13734 \begin_layout Labeling
13735 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13742 This is text with Strikeout on.
13748 arg "font-strikeout"
13752 \begin_inset Newline newline
13755 This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has been
13756 changed in the meantime.
13759 \begin_layout Labeling
13760 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13767 This is text with Noun on.
13774 , this is a logical attribute.
13775 Normally it's equivalent to
13778 \begin_inset space ~
13787 \begin_layout Labeling
13788 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13793 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
13794 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
13798 \begin_inset space ~
13803 , which is the default
13804 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13808 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13811 and means normally black, you can choose between
13844 \begin_inset Index idx
13847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13856 \begin_layout Labeling
13857 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13862 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
13863 the language of the document.
13864 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13866 \begin_inset Newline newline
13869 If you have for example a longer German Text in your document, LaTeX respects
13870 the German hyphenation rules automatically.
13871 When using the spell checking (see section
13872 \begin_inset space ~
13876 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13878 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
13882 ) the German-marked text will be checked according to the German dictionary.
13885 \begin_layout Standard
13886 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13887 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13889 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13891 \begin_inset space ~
13896 dialog, the settings are saved.
13897 You can activate them by using the toolbar button
13900 arg "textstyle-apply"
13904 The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
13908 \begin_layout Standard
13909 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13916 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13917 (suppose you just set the shape to
13918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13936 \begin_inset space ~
13948 \begin_layout Standard
13949 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13957 \begin_inset space ~
13969 \begin_layout Itemize
13975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13982 font, which means every character has the same width; the
13983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14000 \begin_inset Newline newline
14004 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
14007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14018 \begin_inset Note Note
14021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14022 For more on phantoms see section
14023 \begin_inset space ~
14027 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14029 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
14039 \begin_inset Newline newline
14045 \begin_layout Itemize
14050 fonts use characters with serifs.
14051 These are the small
14052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14059 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
14060 The following example shows the difference:
14061 \begin_inset Newline newline
14065 \begin_inset Newline newline
14070 text without serifs
14073 \begin_inset Newline newline
14076 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
14077 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
14084 \begin_layout Itemize
14089 is not recommended to use a base type.
14090 This font type is therefore often only used for headings and short texts.
14091 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
14094 \begin_layout Standard
14095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14102 refers to applying or removing font properties.
14103 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
14104 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
14106 If you for example apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that
14107 currently has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle
14108 and C is set not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and
14111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14119 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14123 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14126 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
14127 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
14128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14135 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
14139 \begin_inset space ~
14144 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
14147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14156 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14160 \begin_inset space \space{}
14164 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14182 \begin_inset space ~
14187 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
14189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14196 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
14199 \begin_layout Standard
14200 We conclude with the same warning once again: Do not overuse the fonts!
14201 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
14204 \begin_layout Section
14205 Printing and Previewing
14208 \begin_layout Subsection
14212 \begin_layout Standard
14213 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
14214 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
14215 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
14216 goes on behind-the-scenes.
14217 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
14219 Additional Features
14224 \begin_layout Standard
14225 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
14226 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
14227 confusion, we will only refer to LaTeX.
14228 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
14229 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
14230 This happens in two stages:
14233 \begin_layout Enumerate
14234 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
14235 generating a file with the extension,
14236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14250 \begin_layout Enumerate
14251 Next, LyX calls LaTeX to use the commands in the
14255 file to produce printable output.
14259 \begin_layout Subsection
14260 Output file formats
14261 \begin_inset Index idx
14264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14271 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14273 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
14280 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14281 Simple text (ASCII)
14282 \begin_inset Index idx
14285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14286 File formats ! ASCII
14294 \begin_layout Standard
14295 This file type has the extension
14296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14308 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
14309 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14312 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
14313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14319 \begin_layout Standard
14320 You can export your document to ASCII with the menu
14322 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14323 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14325 \begin_inset space ~
14332 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14333 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14335 \begin_inset space ~
14339 \begin_inset space ~
14345 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
14349 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14351 \begin_inset Index idx
14354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14355 File formats ! LaTeX
14363 \begin_layout Standard
14364 This file type has the extension
14365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14373 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14376 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
14378 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
14379 it manually with console commands.
14380 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
14381 you view or export your document.
14384 \begin_layout Standard
14385 You can export your document as a LaTeX-file using the menu
14387 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14388 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14403 The different LaTeX export variants are explained in section
14404 \begin_inset space ~
14408 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14410 reference "sub:Export"
14417 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14419 \begin_inset Index idx
14422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14431 \begin_layout Standard
14432 This file type has the extension
14433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14453 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
14454 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
14455 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
14459 \begin_layout Standard
14460 DVI files do not contain images, they only link to them.
14461 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
14462 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the images in the background to make
14463 them visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer
14464 when you view the DVI.
14465 So we recommend using PDF for files with many images.
14468 \begin_layout Standard
14469 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
14471 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14472 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14477 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14478 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14480 \begin_inset space ~
14487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14497 The latter option uses the program
14506 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14507 font access (see section
14508 \begin_inset space ~
14512 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14514 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14519 LuaTeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next
14520 standard TeX processor.
14523 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14525 \begin_inset Index idx
14528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14529 File formats ! PostScript
14537 \begin_layout Standard
14538 This file type has the extension
14539 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14551 PostScript was developed by the company
14555 as a printer language.
14556 The file therefore contains commands that the printer uses to print the
14558 PostScript can be seen as a
14559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14562 programming language
14563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14566 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
14570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14571 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
14577 \begin_inset Index idx
14580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14581 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
14591 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
14594 \begin_layout Standard
14595 PostScript can only contain images in the format
14596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14599 Encapsulated PostScript
14600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14603 (EPS, file extension
14604 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14616 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
14617 to convert them in the background to EPS.
14619 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14623 \begin_inset space \space{}
14627 \begin_inset space ~
14630 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
14631 \begin_inset space ~
14634 conversions when you view or export your document the first time.
14635 This might slow down your workflow with LyX.
14636 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
14637 EPS to avoid this problem.
14640 \begin_layout Standard
14641 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
14643 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14644 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14650 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14652 \begin_inset Index idx
14655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14662 \begin_inset Index idx
14665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14674 \begin_layout Standard
14675 This file type has the extension
14676 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14684 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14689 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14692 Portable Document Format
14693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14700 was derived from PostScript.
14701 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14703 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14707 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14710 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14711 looks exactly the same.
14714 \begin_layout Standard
14715 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14719 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14720 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14723 (JPG, file extension
14724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14751 Portable Network Graphics
14752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14755 (PNG, file extension
14756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14768 You can also use any other image format, because LyX converts them in the
14769 background to one of these formats.
14770 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14771 will slow down your workflow.
14772 So we recommend using images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14775 \begin_layout Standard
14776 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14778 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14784 \begin_layout Description
14786 \begin_inset space ~
14789 (ps2pdf) This uses the program
14793 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14794 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14798 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14799 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14802 \begin_layout Description
14804 \begin_inset space ~
14807 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14811 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14815 \begin_layout Description
14817 \begin_inset space ~
14820 (pdflatex) This uses the program
14824 which converts your file directly to PDF.
14827 \begin_layout Description
14829 \begin_inset space ~
14836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14843 X) This uses the program
14847 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14852 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14853 font access (see section
14854 \begin_inset space ~
14858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14860 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14865 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts, for example verticall
14866 y written Japanese.
14869 \begin_layout Description
14871 \begin_inset space ~
14878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14885 X) This uses the program
14889 which converts your file directly to PDF.
14894 is an even newer engine, derived from
14898 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
14899 access (see section
14900 \begin_inset space ~
14904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14906 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14911 LuaTeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next
14912 standard TeX processor.
14915 \begin_layout Standard
14919 \begin_inset space ~
14928 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14929 works without problems.
14930 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
14931 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
14935 \begin_inset space ~
14942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14954 \begin_inset space ~
14961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14970 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
14978 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14980 \begin_inset Index idx
14983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14984 FileFormats ! XHTML
14990 \begin_inset Index idx
14993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15002 \begin_layout Standard
15003 This file type has the extension
15004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15016 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
15017 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links to them.
15018 When LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
15019 suitable for the purpose.
15020 For the math output you can choose in the menu
15022 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15023 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15026 between different formats, which are described in section
15028 Math Output in XHTML
15033 \begin_inset space ~
15041 \begin_layout Standard
15042 XHTML output remains
15043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15050 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
15053 LyX and the World Wide Web
15057 Additional Features
15059 manual, for more information.
15062 \begin_layout Standard
15063 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
15065 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15066 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15072 \begin_layout Subsection
15074 \begin_inset Index idx
15077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15086 \begin_layout Standard
15087 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
15088 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
15097 or use the toolbar button
15104 A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
15105 output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
15106 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15110 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15112 reference "sec:File-Formats"
15116 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
15118 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15122 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15124 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
15129 Further output formats can be selected via
15131 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15134 or the toolbar button
15135 \begin_inset Graphics
15136 filename ../images/view-others.png
15138 groupId toolbarbuttons
15145 \begin_layout Standard
15146 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
15147 viewer window using the menu
15149 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15154 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15155 Update (Other Formats)
15160 \begin_layout Standard
15161 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
15163 To have a real output, export your document.
15166 \begin_layout Subsection
15167 Printing the File from within LyX
15168 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15170 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
15177 \begin_layout Standard
15178 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
15179 it directly from within LyX.
15180 To print a file, select the menu
15182 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15185 or click on the toolbar button
15188 arg "dialog-show print"
15192 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
15193 This file is then processed by the program
15197 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
15202 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
15205 \begin_layout Standard
15206 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
15207 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
15208 printing one set to print on the other side.
15209 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
15210 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
15211 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
15214 \begin_layout Standard
15215 You can set the following print parameters in the
15218 \begin_inset space ~
15226 \begin_layout Labeling
15227 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15232 This is the name of the printer to print to.
15236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15237 Note that this printer name is for the program
15246 has to be configured for this printer name.
15247 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
15248 \begin_inset space ~
15252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15254 reference "sub:Printer"
15263 The printer should understand PostScript.
15266 \begin_layout Labeling
15267 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15272 The name of a file to print to.
15273 The output will be a PostScript file.
15274 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
15278 \begin_layout Section
15279 A few Words about Typography
15280 \begin_inset Index idx
15283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15292 \begin_layout Subsection
15293 Hyphens, Dashes and Minus Signs
15294 \begin_inset Index idx
15297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15304 \begin_inset Index idx
15307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15316 \begin_layout Standard
15318 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15329 character comes in four lengths: the
15341 , and the minus sign:
15342 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15348 \begin_layout Standard
15349 \begin_inset Tabular
15350 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15351 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
15352 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15353 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15354 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15355 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15384 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15424 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15449 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15451 \begin_inset space ~
15454 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15461 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15486 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15488 \begin_inset space ~
15491 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15512 \begin_inset Formula $-$
15520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15546 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15552 \begin_layout Standard
15553 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
15554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15562 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15565 character multiple times in a row.
15566 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
15567 the final output, but not in LyX.
15569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15573 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15585 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15589 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15599 \begin_layout Standard
15600 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
15601 math mode and has a length of its own.
15602 Here are some examples:
15605 \begin_layout Enumerate
15606 line- and page-breaks
15607 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15617 \begin_layout Enumerate
15619 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15629 \begin_layout Enumerate
15630 Oh — there's a dash.
15631 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15641 \begin_layout Enumerate
15642 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15646 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15656 \begin_layout Subsection
15658 \begin_inset Index idx
15661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15668 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15670 name "sub:Hyphenation"
15677 \begin_layout Standard
15678 Words are not hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
15679 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
15684 \begin_inset Index idx
15687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15688 LaTeX-packages ! babel
15693 following the rules of the document language.
15696 \begin_layout Standard
15697 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15702 font and with unusual constructs, like
15703 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15707 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15711 If LaTeX cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points
15713 This is done with the menu
15715 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15716 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15718 \begin_inset space ~
15724 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
15725 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
15728 \begin_layout Standard
15729 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15730 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15740 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
15741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15748 as a hyphenation possibility.
15749 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15750 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15751 as described in section
15752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15755 Prevent Hyphenation
15756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15762 \begin_inset space ~
15770 \begin_layout Subsection
15772 \begin_inset Index idx
15775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15784 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15785 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15786 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15788 name "sub:Abbreviations"
15795 \begin_layout Standard
15796 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
15797 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15798 LaTeX then adds the
15799 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15802 appropriate amount of space
15803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15807 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15809 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period that a word
15810 gets after another word.
15813 \begin_layout Standard
15814 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15815 not work in all cases.
15817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15828 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15829 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15832 \begin_layout Standard
15833 Here are some examples of
15837 abbreviations and of the end of a sentence:
15840 \begin_layout Itemize
15845 \begin_layout Itemize
15850 \begin_layout Standard
15851 And here is an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15854 \begin_layout Itemize
15856 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15860 this is too much space!
15863 \begin_layout Itemize
15868 \begin_layout Standard
15869 You will not see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15872 \begin_layout Standard
15873 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15876 \begin_layout Enumerate
15880 \begin_inset space ~
15885 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15886 \begin_inset space ~
15890 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15892 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15897 \begin_inset Index idx
15900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15901 Spaces ! inter-word
15909 \begin_layout Enumerate
15913 \begin_inset space ~
15918 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15919 \begin_inset space ~
15923 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15925 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15930 \begin_inset Index idx
15933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15942 \begin_layout Enumerate
15946 \begin_inset space ~
15950 \begin_inset space ~
15954 \begin_inset space ~
15961 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15963 \begin_inset space ~
15968 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15969 This function is also bound to
15972 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15978 \begin_layout Standard
15979 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15982 \begin_layout Itemize
15984 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15988 \begin_inset space \space{}
15991 this is too much space!
15994 \begin_layout Itemize
15995 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15999 \begin_layout Standard
16000 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
16001 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
16002 will take care of this.
16005 \begin_layout Standard
16006 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
16010 \begin_inset space ~
16015 feature described in section
16021 Additional Features
16026 \begin_layout Subsubsection
16028 \begin_inset Index idx
16031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16032 Typography ! Quotes
16038 \begin_inset Index idx
16041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16072 \begin_layout Standard
16073 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
16074 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
16075 and use a closing quote at the end.
16077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16085 The keyboard character,
16089 , generates this automatically.
16092 \begin_layout Standard
16093 You can specify what character the
16097 key produces using the submenu
16103 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16107 \begin_inset Index idx
16110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16111 Document ! Settings
16121 There are six choices:
16124 \begin_layout Labeling
16125 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16137 Use quotes like this
16138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16148 \begin_layout Labeling
16149 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16152 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16156 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16162 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16166 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16172 \begin_layout Labeling
16173 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16176 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16180 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16186 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16190 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16196 \begin_layout Labeling
16197 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16200 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16204 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16210 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16214 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16220 \begin_layout Labeling
16221 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16224 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16228 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16234 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16238 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16244 \begin_layout Labeling
16245 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16248 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16252 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16258 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16262 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16268 \begin_layout Subsection
16270 \begin_inset Index idx
16273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16274 Typography ! Ligatures
16280 \begin_inset Index idx
16283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16312 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16314 name "sub:Ligatures"
16321 \begin_layout Standard
16322 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
16323 print them as single characters.
16324 These groups are known as
16329 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
16331 Here are the standard ligatures:
16334 \begin_layout Itemize
16338 \begin_layout Itemize
16342 \begin_layout Itemize
16346 \begin_layout Itemize
16350 \begin_layout Itemize
16354 \begin_layout Standard
16355 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
16358 \begin_layout Standard
16359 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
16360 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
16361 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16365 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16368 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
16369 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16373 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16384 To break a ligature, use
16386 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16387 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16389 \begin_inset space ~
16396 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16407 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16424 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16432 \begin_layout Subsection
16434 \begin_inset Index idx
16437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16444 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16446 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
16453 \begin_layout Standard
16454 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
16455 characters in different sizes and heights.
16456 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
16457 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
16458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16477 \begin_inset Note Note
16480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16481 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
16482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16489 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
16490 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
16495 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
16499 \begin_layout Description
16500 LyX The name of the game, write
16501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16522 \begin_layout Description
16523 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
16524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16545 \begin_layout Description
16546 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
16547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16562 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16568 \begin_layout Description
16569 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
16570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16591 \begin_layout Standard
16592 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
16593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16597 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16601 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16605 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
16606 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
16607 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16610 : The actual version is
16611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16615 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16618 , the previous one was
16619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16629 \begin_layout Standard
16630 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16631 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16635 \begin_inset space \space{}
16638 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
16640 This will look in LyX like:
16641 \begin_inset Graphics
16642 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
16648 \begin_inset Newline newline
16651 For more about TeX Code, look at section
16652 \begin_inset space ~
16656 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16658 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16665 \begin_layout Subsection
16667 \begin_inset Index idx
16670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16679 \begin_layout Standard
16680 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16681 space between two words.
16682 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16692 for units use the menu
16694 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16695 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16697 \begin_inset space ~
16705 arg "space-insert thin"
16711 \begin_layout Standard
16712 Here is an example to show the differences:
16715 \begin_layout Standard
16716 \begin_inset Tabular
16717 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16718 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
16719 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16720 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16727 \begin_inset space ~
16731 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16743 space between number and unit
16750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16755 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16759 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16771 half space between number and unit
16784 \begin_layout Subsection
16786 \begin_inset Index idx
16789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16790 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16798 \begin_layout Standard
16799 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16801 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16802 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16803 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16804 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16805 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16806 These bits of text became known as
16817 \begin_layout Standard
16818 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16819 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16820 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16821 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16822 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16823 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16824 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16827 \begin_layout Standard
16828 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16829 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16830 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography (such as
16831 \begin_inset space ~
16835 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16837 key "latexcompanion"
16842 \begin_inset space ~
16846 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16852 ) may have more information.
16853 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16856 \begin_layout Chapter
16857 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16858 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16860 name "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
16867 \begin_layout Standard
16868 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16871 \begin_inset space ~
16877 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16880 \begin_layout Section
16882 \begin_inset Index idx
16885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16892 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16901 \begin_layout Standard
16902 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16905 \begin_layout Description
16907 \begin_inset space ~
16910 Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
16911 \begin_inset Newline newline
16915 \begin_inset Note Note
16918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16919 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16927 \begin_layout Description
16928 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it does appear as
16929 a LaTeX-comment when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16931 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16932 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16934 \begin_inset space ~
16940 \begin_inset Newline newline
16944 \begin_inset Note Comment
16947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16948 This is text in a note box that only appears as a comment in LaTeX-files.
16956 \begin_layout Description
16958 \begin_inset space ~
16961 Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can
16962 set in the document settings under
16964 Colors\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16966 \begin_inset space ~
16972 \begin_inset Newline newline
16976 \begin_inset Newline newline
16980 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16989 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16990 In this document the color of this note type is set to blue.
16995 of a comment that appears in the output.
17001 \begin_inset Newline newline
17005 \begin_inset Newline newline
17008 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
17009 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
17012 \begin_layout Standard
17013 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
17021 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17025 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
17028 \begin_layout Section
17030 \begin_inset Index idx
17033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17040 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17042 name "sec:Footnotes"
17049 \begin_layout Standard
17050 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
17053 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17056 or the toolbar button
17059 arg "footnote-insert"
17071 \begin_inset Graphics
17072 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
17081 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
17091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17110 label, the box will
17114 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
17115 Clicking on the box label again, will close
17128 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply highlight it
17129 and click on the footnote
17144 \begin_layout Standard
17145 Here is an example footnote:
17153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17154 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
17162 \begin_layout Standard
17163 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
17164 position where the footnote box is placed.
17165 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
17166 The footnote number is calculated by LyX.
17167 The numbers are consecutive, no matter in which chapter the footnote is
17169 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get other
17170 schemes using special LaTeX-commands.
17175 ey are described in the
17178 \begin_inset space ~
17186 \begin_layout Section
17188 \begin_inset Index idx
17191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17198 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17200 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
17207 \begin_layout Standard
17208 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
17209 When you insert a margin note via the menu
17211 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17213 \begin_inset space ~
17218 or the toolbar button
17221 arg "marginalnote-insert"
17240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17247 appearing within your text.
17248 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
17257 \begin_layout Standard
17258 At the side of this sentence is an example marginal note.
17262 \begin_inset Marginal
17265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17266 This is a marginal note.
17274 \begin_layout Standard
17275 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
17276 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
17277 pages, right on odd pages.
17280 \begin_layout Standard
17281 For further information about marginal notes see section
17284 \begin_inset space ~
17292 \begin_inset space ~
17300 \begin_layout Section
17301 Graphics and Images
17302 \begin_inset Index idx
17305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17312 \begin_inset Index idx
17315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17322 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17324 name "sec:Graphics"
17331 \begin_layout Standard
17332 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
17333 you want and click on the toolbar icon
17336 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
17341 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17345 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
17348 \begin_layout Standard
17349 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
17354 tab allows you to choose your image file.
17355 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
17357 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
17358 \begin_inset space ~
17362 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17364 reference "chap:Units-available-in"
17371 \begin_layout Standard
17376 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
17377 of the image in the output.
17378 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
17382 \begin_inset space ~
17386 \begin_inset space ~
17395 \begin_inset space ~
17399 \begin_inset space ~
17403 \begin_inset space ~
17408 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
17409 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
17417 \begin_layout Standard
17420 LaTeX and LyX options
17422 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
17423 In this tab you can also specify the appearance of the image inside LyX.
17427 \begin_inset space ~
17432 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
17433 with the image size is printed.
17437 \begin_inset space ~
17441 \begin_inset space ~
17445 \begin_inset space ~
17450 is explained in the
17453 \begin_inset space ~
17465 \begin_layout Standard
17466 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
17467 Images will appear in the output exactly at the position where they are
17469 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
17473 \begin_layout Standard
17475 \begin_inset Graphics
17476 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17484 \begin_layout Standard
17485 If you need image captions or want to reference images, you have to put
17486 the image into a float, see section
17487 \begin_inset space ~
17491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17493 reference "sub:Figure-Floats"
17500 \begin_layout Subsection
17502 \begin_inset Index idx
17505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17512 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17514 name "sub:Image-Formats"
17521 \begin_layout Standard
17522 You can insert images in any known file format.
17523 But as we explained in section
17524 \begin_inset space ~
17528 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17530 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17534 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
17535 LyX therefore uses the program
17539 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
17540 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
17541 use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
17542 \begin_inset space ~
17546 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17548 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17555 \begin_layout Standard
17556 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
17559 \begin_layout Description
17561 \begin_inset space ~
17564 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
17565 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
17566 Well-known bitmap image formats are
17567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17570 Graphics Interchange Format
17571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17574 (GIF, file extension
17575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17587 \begin_inset Index idx
17590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17622 Portable Network Graphics
17623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17626 (PNG, file extension
17627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17639 \begin_inset Index idx
17642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17674 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17678 (JPG, file extension
17679 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17699 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17703 \begin_inset Index idx
17706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17737 \begin_layout Description
17739 \begin_inset space ~
17742 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17744 The scaling ability is desired if you want to create presentations, because
17745 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17746 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17747 \begin_inset Newline newline
17750 Scalable image formats can be
17751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17754 Scalable Vector Graphics
17755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17758 (SVG, file extension
17759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17771 \begin_inset Index idx
17774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17803 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17806 Encapsulated PostScript
17807 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17810 (EPS, file extension
17811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17823 \begin_inset Index idx
17826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17858 Portable Document Format
17859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17862 (PDF, file extension
17863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17875 \begin_inset Index idx
17878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17886 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17893 , because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF or EPS and the
17894 result will not be scalable.
17895 In this case only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17901 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17909 \begin_layout Standard
17910 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17914 \begin_layout Subsection
17915 Grouping of Image Settings
17916 \begin_inset Index idx
17919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17920 Images ! Settings grouping
17928 \begin_layout Standard
17929 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17931 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17932 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17934 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17935 need to manually change each of them.
17939 \begin_layout Standard
17940 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17943 \begin_inset space ~
17948 field in the Graphics dialog.
17949 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17950 by checking the name of the desired group.
17953 \begin_layout Section
17955 \begin_inset Index idx
17958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17965 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17974 \begin_layout Standard
17975 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17978 arg "tabular-insert"
17983 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17987 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17988 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17989 from the rest of the table.
17990 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17991 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17993 Here is an example table:
17996 \begin_layout Standard
17998 \begin_inset Tabular
17999 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
18000 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
18001 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18002 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18003 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
18004 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18204 \begin_layout Subsection
18208 \begin_layout Standard
18209 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button and
18212 More\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18216 This brings up the table dialog.
18217 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell, row and/or column where the
18218 cursor is placed currently.
18219 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
18220 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
18221 done on all of your selection.
18224 \begin_layout Standard
18225 In addition to the table dialog, the
18228 \begin_inset space ~
18233 helps you in setting table properties.
18234 It appears if the cursor is inside a table.
18237 \begin_layout Standard
18241 \begin_inset space ~
18246 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
18247 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
18248 current cell respectively.
18249 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
18251 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
18252 of text, see section
18253 \begin_inset space ~
18257 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18259 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
18266 \begin_layout Standard
18267 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
18268 using the check box
18277 This will merge the cells to
18281 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
18282 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
18283 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
18284 Here is an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
18285 in the last row without the upper border:
18288 \begin_layout Standard
18290 \begin_inset Tabular
18291 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
18292 <features rotate="0" firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
18293 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18294 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
18295 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
18296 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18307 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18316 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18392 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18427 \begin_layout Standard
18428 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
18429 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
18430 explained in the chapter
18437 \begin_inset space ~
18443 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
18444 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18447 degrees counterclockwise.
18448 These rotations are not visible in LyX but are visible in the output.
18451 \begin_layout Standard
18452 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18460 Most DVI-viewers are
18464 able to display rotations.
18472 \begin_layout Standard
18477 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
18482 adds lines for all cell borders.
18485 \begin_layout Subsection
18487 \begin_inset Index idx
18490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18491 Tables ! Longtables
18497 \begin_inset Index idx
18500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18509 \begin_layout Standard
18510 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
18513 \begin_inset space ~
18517 \begin_inset space ~
18526 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
18527 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
18530 \begin_layout Description
18535 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18536 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
18537 except for the first page, if
18540 \begin_inset space ~
18548 \begin_layout Description
18552 \begin_inset space ~
18557 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18558 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
18561 \begin_layout Description
18566 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18567 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
18568 except for the last page, if
18571 \begin_inset space ~
18579 \begin_layout Description
18583 \begin_inset space ~
18588 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18589 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18592 \begin_layout Description
18593 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
18594 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
18596 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18600 More about longtable captions can be found in the
18603 \begin_inset space ~
18611 \begin_layout Standard
18612 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18613 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18614 that then only the first option is used; the others will be defined as
18620 In this context, first means first in this order:
18623 \begin_inset space ~
18635 \begin_inset space ~
18640 ; see the following longtable to see how it works:
18643 \begin_layout Standard
18645 \begin_inset Tabular
18646 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18647 <features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18648 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18649 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18650 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18651 <row endfirsthead="true">
18652 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18658 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18663 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18672 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18682 <row endfirsthead="true">
18683 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18694 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18703 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18715 <row endhead="true">
18716 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18727 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18736 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18746 <row endhead="true">
18747 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18758 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18767 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18779 <row endfoot="true">
18780 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18791 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18800 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18831 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19772 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19781 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19790 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19801 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19832 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19863 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19894 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19925 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19956 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19987 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20018 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20049 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20080 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20111 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20142 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20173 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20204 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20235 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20266 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20297 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20328 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20359 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20390 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20421 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20452 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20483 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20514 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20545 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20576 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20607 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20638 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20669 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20700 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20731 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20761 <row endlastfoot="true">
20762 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20773 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20782 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20799 \begin_layout Subsection
20801 \begin_inset Index idx
20804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20811 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20813 name "sub:Table-Cells"
20820 \begin_layout Standard
20821 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
20822 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
20823 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
20824 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
20828 , etc.), nor set spacing options for the cell's paragraph.
20831 \begin_layout Standard
20832 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
20833 for the column in the table dialog.
20834 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
20835 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
20839 \begin_layout Standard
20841 \begin_inset Tabular
20842 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
20843 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
20844 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20845 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
20846 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20866 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20935 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20991 This is longer now.
20996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21047 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
21048 This is longer now.
21053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21079 \begin_layout Standard
21080 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
21081 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
21085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21086 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
21087 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
21093 Selection with the mouse or with
21097 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
21098 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
21099 the selection from outside the table.
21102 \begin_layout Section
21104 \begin_inset Index idx
21107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21114 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21123 \begin_layout Subsection
21127 \begin_layout Standard
21128 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
21129 have a fixed location.
21131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21138 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
21146 \begin_inset space ~
21151 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
21152 too many notes on the current page.
21155 \begin_layout Standard
21156 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
21157 Images and tables can be distributed evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
21158 and pages without text.
21159 As the floating often destroys the spatial context between the text and
21160 the image/table, every float can be referenced in the text.
21161 Floats are therefore numbered.
21162 Referencing is described in section
21163 \begin_inset space ~
21167 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21169 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21176 \begin_layout Standard
21177 To insert a float, use the menu
21179 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21183 A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
21184 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
21186 After the label you can insert the caption text.
21187 \begin_inset Index idx
21190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21196 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
21197 paragraph within the float.
21198 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
21199 by left-clicking on the box label.
21200 A closed float box looks like this:
21201 \begin_inset Graphics
21202 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
21207 – a gray button with a red label.
21210 \begin_layout Standard
21211 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
21212 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
21215 \begin_layout Subsection
21219 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21221 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21223 name "sub:Figure-Floats"
21228 \begin_inset Index idx
21231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21232 Floats ! Figure floats
21240 \begin_layout Standard
21242 \begin_inset space ~
21246 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21248 reference "fig:Platypus-distorted"
21252 was created using the menu
21254 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21255 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21258 or the toolbar button
21261 arg "float-insert figure"
21265 The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
21268 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21271 or the toolbar button
21274 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
21278 The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
21279 in front of or behind the image and using the menu
21281 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21283 \begin_inset space ~
21288 or the toolbar button
21291 arg "layout-paragraph"
21297 \begin_layout Standard
21298 \begin_inset Float figure
21303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21305 \begin_inset Graphics
21306 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21316 \begin_inset Caption Standard
21318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21319 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21321 name "fig:Platypus-distorted"
21325 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
21338 \begin_layout Standard
21339 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
21340 to it: Insert a label into the caption using the menu
21342 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21345 or the toolbar button
21351 and refer to it using the menu
21353 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21356 or the toolbar button
21359 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
21363 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
21365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21372 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
21374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21382 For more about cross-references, see section
21383 \begin_inset space ~
21387 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21389 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21396 \begin_layout Standard
21397 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
21398 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
21399 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
21400 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
21401 as described in section
21402 \begin_inset space ~
21406 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21408 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
21414 \begin_inset space ~
21418 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21420 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
21424 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
21425 You can also set the images one below the other.
21427 \begin_inset space ~
21431 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21433 reference "fig:Undefinable"
21438 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21440 reference "fig:Platypus"
21444 are the subfigures.
21447 \begin_layout Standard
21448 \begin_inset Float figure
21453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21454 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21458 \begin_inset Float figure
21463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21464 \begin_inset Caption Standard
21466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21467 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21469 name "fig:Undefinable"
21481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21482 \begin_inset Graphics
21483 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21494 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21498 \begin_inset Float figure
21503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21504 \begin_inset Caption Standard
21506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21507 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21509 name "fig:Platypus"
21521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21522 \begin_inset Graphics
21523 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21535 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21542 \begin_inset Caption Standard
21544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21545 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21547 name "fig:Two-distorted-images"
21551 Two distorted images.
21564 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21566 \begin_inset Index idx
21569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21570 Floats ! Table floats
21578 \begin_layout Standard
21579 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21581 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21582 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21585 or the toolbar button
21588 arg "float-insert table"
21592 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21595 \begin_inset space ~
21599 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21601 reference "tab:Table-float"
21608 \begin_layout Standard
21609 \begin_inset Float table
21614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21615 \begin_inset Caption Standard
21617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21618 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21620 name "tab:Table-float"
21632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21634 \begin_inset Tabular
21635 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21636 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
21637 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21638 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21639 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21766 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21787 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21790 \end{array}\right]$
21798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21811 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21832 \begin_layout Subsection
21834 \begin_inset Index idx
21837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21846 \begin_layout Standard
21847 LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
21848 It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
21849 float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
21851 All these features are explained in detail with many examples in chapter
21859 \begin_inset space ~
21867 \begin_layout Section
21869 \begin_inset Index idx
21872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21879 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21881 name "sec:Minipages"
21888 \begin_layout Standard
21889 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21891 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21892 \begin_inset space \space{}
21899 \begin_layout Standard
21900 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21902 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21906 Right-clicking on the box label allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21907 and its alignment within the page.
21910 \begin_layout Standard
21912 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21922 height_special "totalheight"
21925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21928 This is a minipage.
21929 The text is set in an italic style.
21932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21935 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21936 another formatting.
21944 \begin_layout Standard
21945 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21948 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21952 as described in section
21953 \begin_inset space ~
21957 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21959 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21964 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21970 \begin_layout Standard
21971 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21981 height_special "totalheight"
21984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21985 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21986 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21992 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21996 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22006 height_special "totalheight"
22009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22010 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
22011 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
22019 \begin_layout Standard
22020 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22026 \begin_layout Standard
22027 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can transform the box to another
22029 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
22036 \begin_inset space ~
22044 \begin_layout Chapter
22045 Mathematical Formulas
22046 \begin_inset Index idx
22049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22056 \begin_inset Index idx
22059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22088 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22090 name "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
22097 \begin_layout Standard
22098 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
22103 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
22106 \begin_layout Section
22108 \begin_inset Index idx
22111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22120 \begin_layout Standard
22121 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
22128 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22130 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22131 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22132 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22134 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22140 \begin_layout Standard
22141 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22145 \begin_inset space ~
22150 , that appears if the cursor is in a formula.
22153 \begin_layout Standard
22154 There are two main types of formulas, inline formulas and display formulas.
22155 Inline formulas appear within a text line, like this one:
22158 \begin_layout Standard
22159 This is a line with an inline formula
22160 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22166 \begin_layout Standard
22167 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in a separate
22168 paragraph, like this one:
22169 \begin_inset Formula
22176 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22179 \begin_layout Standard
22180 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22182 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22186 \begin_inset space \space{}
22190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22203 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22204 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22208 Typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22211 \begin_inset space ~
22219 \begin_layout Subsection
22220 Navigating in Formulas
22221 \begin_inset Index idx
22224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22233 \begin_layout Standard
22234 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22235 achieved with the arrow keys.
22236 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22237 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22242 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22243 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22247 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22251 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22254 \end{array}\right]$
22262 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22267 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22268 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22271 \begin_layout Standard
22276 , printed in this document as
22277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22298 \begin_inset Note Note
22301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22302 This command will appear in the output as an official character denoting
22303 the space character (visible space).
22308 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22309 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22310 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22315 For example, if you want
22316 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22370 , since in the latter case only the
22373 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22378 will be under the square root sign:
22379 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22385 \begin_layout Standard
22386 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22388 \begin_inset Formula
22390 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22399 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22400 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22403 \begin_layout Subsection
22407 \begin_layout Standard
22408 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22409 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22413 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22414 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22415 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22416 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22417 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22420 \begin_layout Subsection
22421 Exponents and Subscripts
22422 \begin_inset Index idx
22425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22432 \begin_inset Index idx
22435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22444 \begin_layout Standard
22445 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts (buttons
22448 arg "math-superscript"
22454 arg "math-subscript"
22457 ), but the much easier way is to use a command.
22459 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22462 , type in a formula
22468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22484 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22490 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22494 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22515 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22524 , you have to use an extra
22528 to separate the hat and the character.
22530 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22534 \begin_inset space \space{}
22538 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22559 Subscripts are similar: To get
22560 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22583 \begin_layout Subsection
22585 \begin_inset Index idx
22588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22597 \begin_layout Standard
22598 Create a fraction with either the command
22607 arg "math-insert \\frac"
22613 \begin_inset space ~
22619 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22620 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22621 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22626 To move back up, press
22631 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22632 \begin_inset Formula
22634 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22637 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22645 \begin_layout Subsection
22647 \begin_inset Index idx
22650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22659 \begin_layout Standard
22660 Roots can be created using the
22663 \begin_inset space ~
22671 arg "math-insert \\sqrt"
22677 arg "math-insert \\root"
22699 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22705 produces always a square root.
22708 \begin_layout Subsection
22709 Operators with Limits
22710 \begin_inset Index idx
22713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22720 \begin_inset Index idx
22723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22730 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22732 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22739 \begin_layout Standard
22741 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22745 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22748 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22749 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22750 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22751 The sum operator will automatically place its
22752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22759 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22762 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22766 \begin_inset Formula
22768 \sum\nolimits _{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22773 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22777 \begin_layout Standard
22778 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22780 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22781 behind the operator and hitting
22789 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22790 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22792 \begin_inset space ~
22796 \begin_inset space ~
22804 \begin_layout Standard
22805 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22813 feature as addition, such as
22814 \begin_inset Index idx
22817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22824 \begin_inset Formula
22826 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22831 which will place the
22832 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22836 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22840 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22844 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22845 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22851 \begin_layout Standard
22852 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22859 Have a look at section
22860 \begin_inset space ~
22864 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22866 reference "sub:Functions"
22870 for an explanation of function macros.
22873 \begin_layout Subsection
22875 \begin_inset Index idx
22878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22887 \begin_layout Standard
22888 Most math symbols can be found in the
22891 \begin_inset space ~
22896 under one of several categories; including
22913 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22917 \begin_layout Standard
22918 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22919 you don't have to use the
22922 \begin_inset space ~
22927 ; you can type the command directly into the formula.
22928 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22931 \begin_layout Subsection
22933 \begin_inset Index idx
22936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22945 \begin_layout Standard
22946 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22951 arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space"
22957 \begin_inset space ~
22967 arg "math-insert \\space"
22973 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22974 For example, the sequence
22979 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22983 \begin_inset Graphics
22984 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22989 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22990 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22991 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22992 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22994 Here are two examples:
22997 \begin_layout Standard
23007 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
23013 \begin_layout Standard
23023 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
23029 \begin_layout Subsection
23031 \begin_inset Index idx
23034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23041 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23043 name "sub:Functions"
23050 \begin_layout Standard
23054 \begin_inset space ~
23059 contains under the button
23064 arg "math-insert \\functions"
23069 a number of function macros, such as
23070 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
23074 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
23082 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
23089 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
23090 avoid confusions, because
23091 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
23095 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
23101 \begin_layout Standard
23102 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
23104 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
23108 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
23114 \begin_layout Standard
23115 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
23116 s are placed, as described in section
23117 \begin_inset space ~
23121 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23123 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23130 \begin_layout Subsection
23132 \begin_inset Index idx
23135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23144 \begin_layout Standard
23145 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23147 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23148 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
23149 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23153 \begin_inset space \space{}
23157 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23160 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23161 Our example is entered by typing
23169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23182 \begin_inset space ~
23186 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23188 reference "tab:Accent-names-and"
23192 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23195 \begin_layout Standard
23196 \begin_inset Float table
23201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23202 \begin_inset Caption Standard
23204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23205 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23207 name "tab:Accent-names-and"
23211 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23221 \begin_inset Tabular
23222 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23223 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
23224 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23225 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23226 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23310 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23364 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23418 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23472 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23526 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23580 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23634 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23688 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23742 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23787 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23808 \begin_layout Standard
23809 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23812 \begin_inset space ~
23820 arg "math-insert \\hat"
23823 in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23827 \begin_layout Section
23828 Brackets and Delimiters
23829 \begin_inset Index idx
23832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23839 \begin_inset Index idx
23842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23849 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23851 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23858 \begin_layout Standard
23859 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23860 For some purposes, using just the keys
23865 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23866 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23867 toolbar delimiter icon
23870 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23874 For example, that is how you would construct the brackets around a matrix:
23875 \begin_inset Formula
23877 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23885 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses.
23886 Below, the expression on the left was entered using the delimiter icon
23890 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23893 and the expression on the right was entered using the
23899 \begin_inset Formula
23901 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\qquad\qquad\frac{1}{(1+(\frac{1}{1+(\frac{1}{1+x})}))}
23909 \begin_layout Standard
23910 If you use the delimiter icon, the parentheses, and other brackets from
23911 that menu will automatically re-size to accommodate the size of what is
23915 \begin_layout Standard
23916 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23917 left side and right side.
23918 If you use the option
23921 \begin_inset space ~
23926 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23927 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23928 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23929 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23932 \begin_layout Standard
23933 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23934 you can do so by first highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to
23935 go inside the brackets.
23936 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23941 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23942 The most common bracket combinations (parentheses, square brackets, and
23943 braces, on both sides) can be entered more quickly using keyboard shortcuts.
23944 For example, to insert a pair of flexible parentheses on both sides, select
23945 the structure and enter
23948 arg "math-delim ( )"
23954 \begin_layout Section
23955 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23956 \begin_inset Index idx
23959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23966 \begin_inset Index idx
23969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23976 \begin_inset Index idx
23979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23980 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23988 \begin_layout Standard
23989 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23992 \begin_inset space ~
24002 arg "dialog-show mathmatrix"
24008 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
24009 Here is an example:
24010 \begin_inset Formula
24012 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
24021 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
24022 \begin_inset space ~
24026 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24028 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
24033 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
24034 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
24035 This alignment is set in the box
24040 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24088 for every column as default.
24089 For example, the sequence
24090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24101 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
24102 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
24103 corresponds to the relevant column.
24104 The result will look like this:
24105 \begin_inset Formula
24108 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
24109 column & has & has\, right\\
24110 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
24119 \begin_layout Standard
24120 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
24123 arg "newline-insert newline"
24126 while the cursor is in the matrix.
24127 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
24129 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24132 or the math toolbar.
24135 \begin_layout Standard
24136 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
24137 It can be created with the menu
24139 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24140 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24142 \begin_inset space ~
24154 Here is an example:
24155 \begin_inset Formula
24169 \begin_layout Standard
24170 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24173 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24176 arg "newline-insert newline"
24180 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24185 arg "newline-insert newline"
24188 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24196 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24197 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24198 A new row is created by every further hit of
24201 arg "newline-insert newline"
24205 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24206 Here is an example:
24207 \begin_inset Formula
24209 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24210 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24215 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs so structures
24216 in this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24217 \begin_inset Formula
24219 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24227 \begin_layout Standard
24228 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24235 There are other multi-line types more suitable for certain situations,
24236 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula
24237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24239 reference "eq:asquared"
24244 The other types are described in section
24245 \begin_inset space ~
24249 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24251 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24258 \begin_layout Section
24259 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24260 \begin_inset Index idx
24263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24264 Math ! Formula numbering
24270 \begin_inset Index idx
24273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24274 Math ! Referencing formulas
24280 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24282 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24289 \begin_layout Standard
24290 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24292 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24293 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24295 \begin_inset space ~
24303 arg "math-number-toggle"
24307 The formula number appears in LyX as
24308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24315 within parentheses.
24317 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24324 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24326 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24327 the document class.
24328 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24329 separated by a dot:
24330 \begin_inset Formula
24340 arg "math-number-toggle"
24343 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24344 You can only number displayed formulas.
24347 \begin_layout Standard
24348 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24350 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24351 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24353 \begin_inset space ~
24357 \begin_inset space ~
24361 \begin_inset space ~
24369 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24372 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24373 \begin_inset Formula
24376 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24382 To number all lines use the shortcut
24385 arg "math-number-toggle"
24391 \begin_layout Standard
24392 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24395 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24396 A label is inserted with the menu
24398 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24401 when the cursor is in the formula.
24402 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24403 It is recommended to use the proposed
24404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24415 as the first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the
24416 label type when you have many labels in your document.
24417 We inserted in the following example the label
24418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24425 in the second line:
24426 \begin_inset Formula
24428 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24429 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24434 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24435 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24445 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24447 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24449 \begin_inset space ~
24455 A dialog appears to choose a label you want to refer to.
24456 The reference appears in LyX as a gray cross-reference box and in the output
24457 as the formula number:
24460 \begin_layout Standard
24461 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24462 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24464 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24471 \begin_layout Standard
24472 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24473 \begin_inset space ~
24477 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24479 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24484 To delete a label, set the cursor at the end in the labeled formula and
24492 \begin_layout Section
24493 User defined math macros
24494 \begin_inset Index idx
24497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24506 \begin_layout Standard
24507 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24508 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24509 Math macros are explained in section
24512 \begin_inset space ~
24524 \begin_layout Section
24528 \begin_layout Subsection
24530 \begin_inset Index idx
24533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24542 \begin_layout Standard
24543 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24544 To set a font in a formula, use the
24547 \begin_inset space ~
24557 arg "math-insert \\font"
24562 , or enter its command, listed in table
24563 \begin_inset space ~
24567 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24569 reference "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
24576 \begin_layout Standard
24577 \begin_inset Float table
24582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24583 \begin_inset Caption Standard
24585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24586 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24588 name "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
24592 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24602 \begin_inset Tabular
24603 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24604 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
24605 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24606 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24638 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24665 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24692 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24725 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24752 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24779 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24813 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24840 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24874 \begin_layout Standard
24875 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24883 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24899 \begin_layout Standard
24900 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24901 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24906 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24907 space when you need a space in the box.
24908 Here is an example where
24909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24920 denotes the set of numbers:
24921 \begin_inset Formula
24923 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24931 \begin_layout Standard
24932 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24934 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24938 \begin_inset space \space{}
24950 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24954 \begin_inset Newline newline
24957 So it is better not to use this feature.
24960 \begin_layout Standard
24961 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24962 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24966 \begin_inset Newline newline
24969 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24975 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24976 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24982 \begin_layout Standard
24989 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24992 \begin_layout Standard
24993 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24995 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24996 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24998 \begin_inset space ~
25006 \begin_layout Subsection
25008 \begin_inset Index idx
25011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25020 \begin_layout Standard
25021 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
25023 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
25027 \begin_inset space ~
25031 \begin_inset space ~
25039 \begin_inset space ~
25049 arg "math-insert \\font"
25061 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
25062 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
25063 Here is an example:
25064 \begin_inset Formula
25067 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
25068 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
25077 \begin_layout Subsection
25079 \begin_inset Index idx
25082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25091 \begin_layout Standard
25092 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
25093 automatically chosen in most situations.
25111 For most characters,
25119 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
25120 and certain other structures, are set larger in
25125 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
25126 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
25128 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
25133 arg "math-insert \\style"
25139 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
25140 For example, you can set
25141 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
25144 , which is normally in
25153 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25157 The four styles are used in the following example:
25160 \begin_layout Standard
25161 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25165 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25169 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25173 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25179 \begin_layout Standard
25180 All these math-mode font sizes are relative so that if the whole math inset
25181 is set in a particular size with the menu
25183 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25185 \begin_inset space ~
25190 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25191 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25192 will be adjusted to correspond.
25193 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25204 \begin_layout Standard
25208 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25214 \begin_layout Section
25218 \begin_layout Standard
25219 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25220 the document classes and into layout modules.
25221 \begin_inset Index idx
25224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25230 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25231 other than the AMS classes.
25233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25235 reference "sub:Modules"
25239 for more on layout modules.
25242 \begin_layout Section
25244 \begin_inset Index idx
25247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25254 \begin_inset Index idx
25257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25266 \begin_layout Standard
25267 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25268 (AMS) that are in common use.
25271 \begin_layout Subsection
25272 Enabling AMS-Support
25275 \begin_layout Standard
25276 Selecting the checkbox
25279 \begin_inset space ~
25283 \begin_inset space ~
25287 \begin_inset space ~
25294 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25298 \begin_inset Index idx
25301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25302 Document ! Settings
25310 \begin_inset space ~
25315 will include the AMS-packages in the document and make the facilities available.
25316 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25317 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25320 \begin_layout Subsection
25322 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25324 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25329 \begin_inset Index idx
25332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25333 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25341 \begin_layout Standard
25342 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25343 LyX allows you to choose between
25364 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25367 \begin_layout Chapter
25371 \begin_layout Section
25373 \begin_inset Index idx
25376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25383 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25385 name "sec:Cross-References"
25392 \begin_layout Standard
25393 One of LyX's strengths is cross-references.
25394 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25396 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25397 The label is used as an anchor and a name for the reference.
25398 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25401 \begin_layout Enumerate
25405 \begin_layout Enumerate
25406 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25408 name "enu:Second-item"
25415 \begin_layout Enumerate
25419 \begin_layout Standard
25420 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25422 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25425 or by pressing the toolbar button
25432 A gray label box like this:
25433 \begin_inset Graphics
25434 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25439 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25440 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25475 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25476 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25480 \begin_inset space \space{}
25483 if you insert a label into a section heading, the suggested prefix will
25485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25499 \begin_layout Standard
25500 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25502 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25505 or the toolbar button
25508 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
25512 A gray cross-reference box like this:
25513 \begin_inset Graphics
25514 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25519 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25521 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25522 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25534 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25538 \begin_layout Standard
25541 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25544 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25549 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be pasted
25550 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25552 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25564 \begin_layout Standard
25565 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25566 \begin_inset space ~
25570 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25572 reference "enu:Second-item"
25579 \begin_layout Standard
25580 It is recommended to use a protected space
25584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25585 described in section
25586 \begin_inset space ~
25590 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25592 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25601 between the cross-reference name and the cross-reference to avoid ugly
25602 line breaks between them.
25605 \begin_layout Standard
25606 There are six formats of cross-references:
25609 \begin_layout Description
25610 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25611 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25613 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25620 \begin_layout Description
25621 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25622 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25634 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25641 \begin_layout Description
25642 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25643 \begin_inset space ~
25647 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25648 LatexCommand pageref
25649 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25656 \begin_layout Description
25658 \begin_inset space ~
25662 \begin_inset space ~
25665 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25666 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25667 LatexCommand vpageref
25668 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25675 \begin_layout Description
25677 \begin_inset space ~
25681 \begin_inset space ~
25685 \begin_inset space ~
25688 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25689 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25691 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25698 \begin_layout Description
25700 \begin_inset space ~
25703 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25704 \begin_inset Newline newline
25708 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25716 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25725 \begin_inset Index idx
25728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25729 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25735 \begin_inset Index idx
25738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25739 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25750 \begin_inset Newline newline
25753 You can select which LaTeX-package should be used for this feature by setting
25756 Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
25760 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25761 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25769 is the default and preferred because
25773 supports only English documents.
25774 The format is specified by using the command
25786 (refstyle) in the LaTeX preamble of the document.
25787 For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
25789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25797 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25800 ) can be done with this command
25801 \begin_inset Newline newline
25808 newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page
25813 \begin_inset Newline newline
25816 For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations
25818 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25820 key "prettyref,refstyle"
25827 \begin_layout Description
25829 \begin_inset space ~
25832 reference: prints the caption or the name of the reference:
25833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25834 LatexCommand nameref
25835 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25842 \begin_layout Standard
25847 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25850 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25854 \begin_inset space \space{}
25858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25872 <reference> on page <page>
25874 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25877 \begin_layout Standard
25878 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25879 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25880 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25884 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25888 \begin_layout Standard
25889 You can only use the style
25893 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25897 is always possible.
25900 \begin_layout Standard
25901 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25902 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25904 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25905 \begin_inset space ~
25909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25911 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25918 \begin_layout Standard
25919 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25923 \begin_inset space ~
25927 \begin_inset space ~
25932 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25933 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25936 \begin_inset space ~
25941 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25942 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25945 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
25951 \begin_layout Standard
25952 You can change labels at any time.
25953 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25954 do not need to think about this.
25957 \begin_layout Standard
25958 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25959 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25962 \begin_layout Standard
25963 References are described in detail in sec.
25964 \begin_inset space ~
25968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25978 \begin_inset space ~
25986 \begin_layout Section
25987 Table of Contents and other Listings
25988 \begin_inset Index idx
25991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25998 \begin_inset Index idx
26001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26008 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26017 \begin_layout Subsection
26019 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26021 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
26028 \begin_layout Standard
26029 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
26031 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26032 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26034 \begin_inset space ~
26038 \begin_inset space ~
26044 It is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
26045 If you click on it, the
26049 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline, which allows you
26050 to move and rearrange sections in your documents.
26051 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
26053 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26056 that is described in sec.
26057 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26061 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26063 reference "sub:The-Outliner"
26070 \begin_layout Standard
26071 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
26072 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
26074 \begin_inset space ~
26078 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26080 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
26084 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
26086 \begin_inset space ~
26090 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26092 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
26096 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
26098 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
26101 \begin_layout Subsection
26102 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
26103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26105 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
26112 \begin_layout Standard
26113 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
26114 You can insert them via the
26116 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26118 \begin_inset space ~
26122 \begin_inset space ~
26128 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
26131 \begin_layout Section
26132 URLs and Hyperlinks
26133 \begin_inset Index idx
26136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26143 \begin_inset Index idx
26146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26155 \begin_layout Subsection
26157 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26166 \begin_layout Standard
26167 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
26169 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26175 \begin_layout Standard
26176 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
26177 \begin_inset Flex URL
26180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26190 \begin_layout Standard
26191 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
26197 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
26201 \begin_layout Standard
26202 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26210 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
26218 \begin_layout Subsection
26220 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26222 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
26229 \begin_layout Standard
26230 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
26232 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26235 or with the toolbar button
26242 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26251 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26252 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26253 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26255 name "LyX's homepage"
26256 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26260 , an Email address like this:
26261 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26263 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26264 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26269 , or a link to a file.
26272 \begin_layout Standard
26273 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink by
26275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26286 to the link target.
26289 \begin_layout Standard
26290 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26291 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26292 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26293 the text style dialog.
26294 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26298 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26300 name "LyX's homepage"
26301 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26308 \begin_layout Standard
26309 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26313 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26315 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26316 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26320 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26322 \begin_inset Newline newline
26330 \begin_inset Newline newline
26337 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26340 \begin_layout Section
26342 \begin_inset Index idx
26345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26352 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26354 name "sec:Appendices"
26361 \begin_layout Standard
26362 Appendices are created with the menu
26364 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26366 \begin_inset space ~
26370 \begin_inset space ~
26376 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26377 as the appendix region.
26378 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26381 \begin_layout Standard
26382 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26383 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26384 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26385 and the subsection number.
26386 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26390 \begin_layout Standard
26392 \begin_inset space ~
26396 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26398 reference "chap:Credits"
26403 \begin_inset space ~
26407 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26409 reference "sub:Export"
26416 \begin_layout Section
26418 \begin_inset Index idx
26421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26428 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26430 name "sec:Bibliography"
26437 \begin_layout Standard
26438 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26439 You can include a bibliography database,
26443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26444 Known under the name
26445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26457 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26458 manually, using the paragraph environment
26462 , which was described in section
26463 \begin_inset space ~
26467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26469 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26474 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26475 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26479 use a bibliography database.
26482 \begin_layout Subsection
26483 The Bibliography Environment
26486 \begin_layout Standard
26491 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26493 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26502 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26504 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26513 , a short form of its title, as the key.
26516 \begin_layout Standard
26517 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26519 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26522 or the toolbar button
26525 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
26529 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26530 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26531 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26532 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26536 \begin_layout Standard
26537 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26538 entry with surrounding brackets.
26543 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26544 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26550 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26556 \begin_layout Standard
26559 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26562 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26564 key "latexcompanion"
26571 \begin_layout Standard
26572 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26573 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26582 \begin_layout Subsection
26583 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26584 \begin_inset Index idx
26587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26588 Bibliography ! Databases
26594 \begin_inset Index idx
26597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26598 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26604 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26606 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26613 \begin_layout Standard
26614 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26620 They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning
26622 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26623 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26628 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26630 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26631 your working field in a database.
26632 This database can be used for different documents, and by default only
26633 the entries cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography
26634 list for that document.
26635 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26639 \begin_layout Standard
26640 The database is a text file with the file extension
26641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26652 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26653 The format is explained in
26654 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26660 and in LaTeX books (
26661 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26663 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26668 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26669 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26670 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26671 \begin_inset Flex URL
26674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26676 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26684 \begin_layout Standard
26685 To use a database, use the menu
26687 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26692 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26705 \begin_inset space ~
26711 A gray box will be inserted and a window appears.
26712 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26715 Add bibliography to TOC
26717 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26722 drop box you can select whether to include all the entries in the database
26723 in the document or just the cited references.
26726 \begin_layout Standard
26727 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26739 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26740 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26741 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26743 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26749 For information on how this is done, have a look at
26750 \begin_inset Newline newline
26754 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26756 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26768 \begin_layout Standard
26769 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26772 \begin_layout Standard
26773 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26774 You can choose which of its variants should be used by LyX as the processor
26775 either in the document settings under
26779 or in LyX's preferences under
26781 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26796 The following variants are possible:
26799 \begin_layout Description
26800 biber provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory, does not work with
26801 other bibliography packages (like e.
26802 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26806 \begin_inset space ~
26813 ), only with the package
26817 ; recommended for multilingual texts and for languages that don't use Latin
26821 \begin_layout Description
26822 bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries
26823 that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works
26824 with all bibliography packages, except of
26829 \begin_layout Description
26830 bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in a 8-bit encoding,
26835 , works with all bibliography packages
26838 \begin_layout Standard
26839 BibTeX can be controlled with options that you can add below the specification
26841 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26847 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26856 \begin_layout Standard
26857 When you select the option
26859 Sectioned bibliography
26863 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26866 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26867 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26869 Customizing Bibliographies
26877 Additional Features
26882 \begin_layout Standard
26883 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26884 the two methods of creating them.
26885 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26886 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26887 We used the style file
26891 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26894 \begin_layout Subsection
26895 Bibliography layout
26896 \begin_inset Index idx
26899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26900 Bibliography ! Layout
26908 \begin_layout Standard
26909 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26910 For this feature you need to enable the option
26916 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26920 \begin_inset Index idx
26923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26924 Document ! Settings
26934 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26935 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26936 in the previous section.
26939 \begin_layout Standard
26940 You can also set text to appear before or after a citation reference, in
26941 the citation reference window.
26942 Here is an example where the text
26943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26947 \begin_inset space ~
26951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26954 appears after the reference:
26957 \begin_layout Standard
26959 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26962 key "latexcompanion"
26969 \begin_layout Section
26971 \begin_inset Index idx
26974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26981 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26990 \begin_layout Standard
26991 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26993 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26995 \begin_inset space ~
27000 or the toolbar button
27007 A box is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
27008 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
27009 by LyX as the index entry.
27012 \begin_layout Standard
27013 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
27015 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27017 \begin_inset space ~
27021 \begin_inset space ~
27024 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27026 \begin_inset space ~
27032 A light blue box labeled
27033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27044 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
27045 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
27048 \begin_layout Standard
27049 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
27050 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
27052 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27054 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
27061 \begin_layout Subsection
27062 Grouping Index Entries
27063 \begin_inset Index idx
27066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27075 \begin_layout Standard
27076 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
27078 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
27079 lists under the entry
27080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27088 First we create the entry
27089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27097 \begin_inset space ~
27101 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27103 reference "sub:Lists"
27108 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
27109 \begin_inset space ~
27113 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27115 reference "sec:Itemize"
27119 , we insert the command
27122 \begin_layout Standard
27128 \begin_layout Standard
27132 \begin_layout Standard
27138 \begin_layout Standard
27139 for the enumerated list in section
27140 \begin_inset space ~
27144 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27146 reference "sec:Enumerate"
27153 \begin_layout Standard
27154 The exclamation mark
27155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27162 marks the grouping levels.
27163 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
27164 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
27165 If we don't have an index entry for
27166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27173 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
27176 \begin_layout Subsection
27178 \begin_inset Index idx
27181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27182 Index ! Page ranges
27190 \begin_layout Standard
27191 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
27193 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
27195 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27199 \begin_inset space \space{}
27202 if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
27204 \begin_inset space ~
27208 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27210 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
27217 \begin_layout Standard
27220 Paragraph environments|(
27223 \begin_layout Standard
27224 and another entry at the end of section
27225 \begin_inset space ~
27229 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27231 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
27238 \begin_layout Standard
27241 Paragraph environments|)
27244 \begin_layout Standard
27246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27269 respectively start and end the index range.
27270 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27271 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27272 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27273 An example is the index entry
27274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27277 Document ! Settings
27278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27284 \begin_layout Subsection
27286 \begin_inset Index idx
27289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27290 Index ! Cross referencing
27298 \begin_layout Standard
27299 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27300 We referred for example in the index entry
27301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27309 \begin_inset space ~
27313 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27315 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27319 ) to the index entry
27320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27327 in the same section using the entry
27330 \begin_layout Standard
27333 GIF|see{Image formats}
27336 \begin_layout Standard
27337 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27338 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27339 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27342 \begin_layout Subsection
27344 \begin_inset Index idx
27347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27348 Index ! Entry order
27356 \begin_layout Standard
27357 If you use accented characters in the index entry the entries might not
27358 follow the rules for the index order.
27359 The index entries are sorted alphabetically but LaTeX
27363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27364 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27366 \begin_inset space ~
27370 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27372 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27381 does not know how to sort accents in different languages.
27382 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27403 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27407 \begin_inset Index idx
27410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27411 Dummy entries ! maïs
27417 \begin_inset Index idx
27420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27421 Dummy entries ! maître
27427 \begin_inset Index idx
27430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27431 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27436 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison but we want the order
27437 maïs, maison, maître.
27438 To achieve this, we use the command
27441 \begin_layout Standard
27444 previous entry@current entry
27447 \begin_layout Standard
27448 In our case we want to have
27449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27464 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27467 \begin_layout Standard
27473 \begin_layout Standard
27474 The previous entry need not be a real existing entry.
27475 You can also use another word to tell LaTeX the entry order.
27476 See the next subsection for an example.
27479 \begin_layout Standard
27480 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27486 \begin_layout Standard
27487 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27492 to generate the index (see sec.
27493 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27497 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27499 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27508 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27510 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27514 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27516 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27520 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27521 index commands start with
27522 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27534 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27539 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27542 \begin_layout Standard
27554 \begin_layout Standard
27566 \begin_layout Subsection
27568 \begin_inset Index idx
27571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27572 Index ! Entry layout
27580 \begin_layout Standard
27581 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27582 \begin_inset Index idx
27585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27588 This is an italic dummy entry
27593 You can also format the page number using the character
27594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27601 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27602 We can write for example
27605 \begin_layout Standard
27608 italic page number:|textit
27611 \begin_layout Standard
27612 to get the page number in italic.
27613 \begin_inset Index idx
27616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27617 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27622 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27632 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27640 \begin_inset space ~
27646 Have a look at section
27647 \begin_inset space ~
27651 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27653 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27657 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27660 \begin_layout Standard
27661 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27669 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27673 to generate the index, see sec.
27674 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27678 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27680 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27689 , this will not work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27694 requires you to define semantic elements before they can be used, see
27695 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27698 key "latexcompanion"
27710 \begin_layout Standard
27711 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27713 Instead, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27714 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27715 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27716 If so, put the following in the preamble
27719 \begin_layout Standard
27731 \begin_layout Standard
27735 \begin_layout Standard
27741 \begin_layout Standard
27742 in the index entry.
27743 \begin_inset Index idx
27746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27747 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27752 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27753 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27754 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27757 \begin_layout Standard
27758 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27760 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27764 \begin_inset space \space{}
27767 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27768 for all index entries.
27769 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27781 documentation for details,
27782 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27784 key "makeindex,xindy"
27791 \begin_layout Subsection
27793 \begin_inset Index idx
27796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27803 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27805 name "sub:Index-Program"
27812 \begin_layout Standard
27813 If the index entry program
27817 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27821 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27830 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27831 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27832 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27833 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27834 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27844 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27845 dialog, see section
27846 \begin_inset space ~
27850 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27852 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27857 The available options are listed and explained in
27858 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27860 key "makeindex,xindy"
27865 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27869 \begin_layout Standard
27870 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27871 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27874 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27875 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27879 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27880 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27883 \begin_layout Subsection
27887 \begin_layout Standard
27888 In many fields it is common to have more than one index.
27889 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27897 next to the standard index.
27898 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are packages
27899 that add this feature.
27905 \begin_inset Index idx
27908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27909 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27914 package to generate multiple indexes.
27915 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27920 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX-catalogue,
27921 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27928 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27929 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27930 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27938 \begin_layout Standard
27939 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27941 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27942 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27945 and select the option
27947 Use multiple Indexes
27954 already contains the standard index
27955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27963 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27964 also appear as a heading) to the
27968 input field and press the
27973 The new index now also appears in the list.
27974 If you like, you can attribute an alternative LyX label color to the new
27978 \begin_layout Standard
27979 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27982 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27984 \begin_inset space ~
27988 \begin_inset space ~
27997 menu has a separate entry for each of the defined indexes.
27998 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
27999 are additional features:
28002 \begin_layout Itemize
28003 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
28004 on the entries' label will open a dialog where you can do that.
28007 \begin_layout Itemize
28008 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
28009 Furthermore, you can specify an index to be a
28010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28018 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
28020 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28023 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
28024 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
28025 to the non-subindexes.
28028 \begin_layout Section
28029 Nomenclature / Glossary
28030 \begin_inset Index idx
28033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28040 \begin_inset Index idx
28043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28072 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28074 name "sec:Nomenclature"
28081 \begin_layout Standard
28082 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
28083 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
28087 \begin_layout Standard
28088 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
28093 \begin_inset Index idx
28096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28097 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
28103 You find it in the TeX-catalogue,
28104 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28110 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28113 \begin_layout Standard
28114 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
28115 and then use the menu
28117 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28123 \begin_inset space ~
28128 or the toolbar button
28131 arg "nomencl-insert"
28136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28144 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28147 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
28150 \begin_layout Standard
28151 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
28152 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
28153 The second is the description of the symbol.
28156 \begin_layout Standard
28157 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28165 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
28173 \begin_layout Subsection
28174 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
28175 \begin_inset Index idx
28178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28179 Nomenclature ! Layout
28187 \begin_layout Standard
28188 If you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
28192 field as LaTeX-formulas.
28194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28198 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28206 \begin_inset Newline newline
28214 \begin_inset Newline newline
28220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28227 character starts/ends the formula.
28228 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
28230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28240 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
28250 \begin_layout Standard
28251 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
28252 \begin_inset space ~
28256 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28258 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28265 \begin_layout Standard
28269 \begin_inset space ~
28274 dialog to format the description text; you have to use LaTeX-commands.
28275 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28280 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28287 in this document is:
28288 \begin_inset Newline newline
28293 dummy entry for the character
28298 \begin_inset Newline newline
28310 \begin_inset space ~
28320 font use the command
28349 \begin_layout Standard
28350 If the characters |
28351 \begin_inset space \space{}
28355 \begin_inset space \space{}
28359 \begin_inset space \space{}
28363 \begin_inset space \space{}
28367 \begin_inset space \space{}
28370 should appear in nomenclature entries they need to be escaped by adding
28371 a quote character in front of them.
28372 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28373 LatexCommand nomenclature
28374 symbol "\"@, \"|, \"!, \"\""
28375 description "The quote sign is output by writing ' \"\"\"\" '"
28382 \begin_layout Subsection
28383 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28384 \begin_inset Index idx
28387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28388 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28396 \begin_layout Standard
28397 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28398 the symbol definition.
28399 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28400 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28403 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28404 LatexCommand nomenclature
28406 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28413 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28417 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28418 LatexCommand nomenclature
28421 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28426 They will be sorted by
28427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28453 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28456 will be sorted before the
28460 since the character
28461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28468 is considered in sorting.
28471 \begin_layout Standard
28472 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28475 \begin_inset space ~
28480 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28481 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28483 For the example given, you can insert
28487 in this field for the
28488 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28495 will be located before
28496 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28502 \begin_layout Standard
28503 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28508 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28517 \begin_layout Subsection
28518 Nomenclature Options
28519 \begin_inset Index idx
28522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28523 Nomenclature ! Options
28531 \begin_layout Standard
28536 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28537 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28540 \begin_layout Description
28541 refeq Appends the phrase
28542 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28557 to every nomenclature entry, where
28563 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28566 \begin_layout Description
28567 refpage Appends the phrase
28568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28583 to every nomenclature entry, where
28589 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28592 \begin_layout Description
28593 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28596 \begin_layout Standard
28597 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28598 class options list in the
28600 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28604 In this document the options
28611 \begin_layout Standard
28612 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28618 \begin_layout Standard
28619 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28620 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28625 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28628 \begin_layout Description
28638 \begin_layout Description
28641 nomrefpage Like the
28648 \begin_layout Description
28651 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28660 \begin_layout Description
28664 \begin_inset space ~
28670 \begin_inset space ~
28675 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28678 \begin_layout Standard
28680 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28684 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28687 are automatically translated for some document languages.
28688 If not, add these lines to your LaTeX preamble:
28691 \begin_layout Standard
28699 eqdeclaration}[1]{, see equation
28702 \begin_inset Newline newline
28709 pagedeclaration}[1]{, page
28714 \begin_inset Newline newline
28718 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28722 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28733 by their translation.
28736 \begin_layout Subsection
28737 Printing the Nomenclature
28738 \begin_inset Index idx
28741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28742 Nomenclature ! Printing
28750 \begin_layout Standard
28751 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28753 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28755 \begin_inset space ~
28759 \begin_inset space ~
28762 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28778 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28779 By right-clicking on it, the amount of space for symbols can be altered.
28780 You can choose between these settings:
28783 \begin_layout Description
28784 Default a space of 1
28785 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28791 \begin_layout Description
28793 \begin_inset space ~
28797 \begin_inset space ~
28800 width the width of the widest symbol of all nomenclature entries is used
28803 \begin_layout Description
28804 Custom custom space
28807 \begin_layout Standard
28808 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28817 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28825 For example, in order to change the name to
28829 , add the following line to the preamble:
28832 \begin_layout Standard
28840 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28843 \begin_layout Subsection
28844 Nomenclature Program
28845 \begin_inset Index idx
28848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28849 Nomenclature ! Program
28855 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28857 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28864 \begin_layout Standard
28865 LyX uses the program
28869 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28870 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28875 by adding options, see section
28876 \begin_inset space ~
28880 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28882 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28887 The available options are listed and explained in
28888 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28890 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28897 \begin_layout Section
28899 \begin_inset Index idx
28902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28909 \begin_inset Index idx
28912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28913 Document ! Branches
28919 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28921 name "sec:Branches"
28928 \begin_layout Standard
28929 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28930 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28931 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28932 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28935 \begin_layout Standard
28936 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28937 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28938 To create a branch, either select the menu
28940 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28941 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28944 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28946 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28953 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28954 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28955 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28956 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28957 (see below for an example).
28958 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28959 to the name of the other) and to add
28960 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28964 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28968 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28972 \begin_inset space ~
28975 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28976 , without having been defined) to the document's branch list.
28979 \begin_layout Standard
28980 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28981 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28983 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28986 where you can choose a branch.
28987 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28991 \begin_layout Standard
28992 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28993 is deactivated and therefore does not appear in the output:
28996 \begin_layout Standard
28997 \begin_inset Branch Question
29000 \begin_layout Standard
29001 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
29009 \begin_layout Standard
29010 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29013 \begin_layout Standard
29014 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
29022 \begin_layout Standard
29029 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29030 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29033 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
29034 Consider for example a file
29035 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29039 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29042 which has the above branches.
29044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29051 is active, the PDF export file would be called
29052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29075 branch were inactive,
29076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29091 branch was active, likewise
29092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29100 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29104 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29107 branch was active, and
29108 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29111 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
29112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29115 if both branches were active.
29116 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
29120 \begin_layout Standard
29121 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29127 \begin_layout Standard
29128 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
29129 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
29131 For example you can define for the question branch
29135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29136 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
29137 \begin_inset space ~
29141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29143 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29155 \begin_layout Standard
29165 \begin_layout Standard
29175 \begin_layout Standard
29176 and for the answer branch
29179 \begin_layout Standard
29189 \begin_layout Standard
29199 \begin_layout Standard
29200 \begin_inset Branch Question
29203 \begin_layout Standard
29207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29235 \begin_layout Standard
29236 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29239 \begin_layout Standard
29243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29271 \begin_layout Standard
29272 Now it is possible to use the commands
29276 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29283 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29286 to obtain conditional output.
29287 Here is an example formula where only the
29294 \begin_inset Formula
29296 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29304 \begin_layout Standard
29305 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29311 \change_inserted 5863208 1334492666
29315 \begin_layout Standard
29317 \change_inserted 5863208 1334493356
29318 Each type of branch is allowed to have its specific style defined in layout
29320 any branch inset can be automatically wrapped by your own LaTeX commands.).
29321 For this advanced usage, please study Customization manual (in particular
29323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29326 Flex insets and InsetLayout
29327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29335 \begin_layout Section
29337 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29339 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29344 \begin_inset Index idx
29347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29356 \begin_layout Standard
29361 dialog allows you in the
29365 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29366 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29371 \begin_inset Index idx
29374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29375 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29383 \begin_layout Standard
29388 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29389 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29390 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29392 You can specify in the dialog tab
29396 how the links will look and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29398 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29399 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29403 \begin_layout Standard
29408 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29409 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29410 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29412 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29413 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29415 \begin_inset space ~
29418 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29419 \begin_inset space ~
29422 1 will only display the sections.
29425 \begin_layout Standard
29426 The header information in the dialog tab
29430 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29431 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29432 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29436 \begin_inset space \space{}
29439 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29440 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29443 Automatic fill header
29445 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29446 title and author settings.
29449 \begin_layout Standard
29452 Load in fullscreen mode
29454 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29457 \begin_layout Standard
29458 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29459 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29465 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29466 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29475 \begin_layout Section
29476 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29477 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29479 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29486 \begin_layout Subsection
29488 \begin_inset Index idx
29491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29498 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29500 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29507 \begin_layout Standard
29508 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29509 constructs, but not all.
29510 LaTeX contains hundreds of packages that provide different commands.
29511 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29512 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29513 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29514 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29518 \begin_layout Standard
29519 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29521 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29523 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29525 \begin_inset space ~
29530 or by the toolbar button
29543 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29551 \begin_layout Standard
29552 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29553 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29554 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29555 using the LaTeX-command
29561 , you can write the command part
29567 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29571 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29572 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29573 the following example:
29576 \begin_layout Standard
29577 \begin_inset Graphics
29578 filename clipart/ERT.png
29586 \begin_layout Standard
29590 \begin_layout Standard
29591 This is a line with a
29595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29618 \begin_layout Standard
29619 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29627 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29628 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29636 \begin_layout Subsection
29637 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29638 \begin_inset Argument 1
29641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29648 \begin_inset Index idx
29651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29658 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29660 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29667 \begin_layout Standard
29668 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29669 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29670 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29679 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29680 any time if you know the right commands.
29682 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29686 \begin_inset space \space{}
29689 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29691 Your boss has just complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29692 all caption labels bold.
29693 But you have over a hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29695 Of course it is impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29699 \begin_layout Standard
29700 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29701 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29702 First you have to find out which and therefore look into the LaTeX package
29704 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29713 \begin_layout Standard
29714 As result you find that the package
29719 \begin_inset Index idx
29722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29723 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29729 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29731 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29737 \begin_layout Standard
29742 usepackage[options]{package name}
29745 \begin_layout Standard
29746 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29747 two braces and the options are set within two brackets.
29748 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29751 \begin_layout Standard
29752 In your case the package name is
29757 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29762 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29763 So you add the command
29766 \begin_layout Standard
29771 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29774 \begin_layout Standard
29775 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29780 For more commands provided by the
29784 package, have a look at its documentation,
29785 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29799 \begin_layout Standard
29800 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well-known problems
29802 For example if you use a
29806 class, you don't need the package
29810 , you can instead write
29813 \begin_layout Standard
29818 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29823 \begin_layout Standard
29824 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29825 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29826 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29833 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29836 \begin_layout Standard
29837 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29838 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29840 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29841 the previous section.
29844 \begin_layout Standard
29845 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29847 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29849 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29856 \begin_layout Standard
29857 \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
29863 \begin_layout Standard
29867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29877 \begin_inset Note Note
29880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29881 switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
29889 \begin_layout Left Header
29890 \begin_inset Argument 1
29893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29913 \begin_inset Note Note
29916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29917 defines the header line as described below
29925 \begin_layout Center Header
29926 \begin_inset Argument 1
29929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29938 \begin_layout Right Header
29939 \begin_inset Argument 1
29942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29963 \begin_layout Left Footer
29964 \begin_inset Argument 1
29967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29988 \begin_layout Center Footer
29989 \begin_inset Argument 1
29992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30003 \begin_inset Newline newline
30007 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30013 \begin_layout Right Footer
30014 \begin_inset Argument 1
30017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30039 \begin_layout Section
30040 Customized Page Headers and Footers
30041 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30043 name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
30048 \begin_inset Index idx
30051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30052 Document ! Header/Footer line
30058 \begin_inset Index idx
30061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30070 \begin_layout Standard
30071 To define a custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
30072 to set the headings style to
30078 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30084 \begin_inset space ~
30090 As a second step add in the menu
30092 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30093 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30100 Custom Header/Footerlines
30101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30105 This module offers the following 6
30106 \begin_inset space ~
30112 \begin_layout Description
30114 \begin_inset space ~
30118 \begin_inset space ~
30122 \begin_inset space ~
30126 \begin_inset space ~
30130 \begin_inset space ~
30136 \begin_layout Description
30138 \begin_inset space ~
30142 \begin_inset space ~
30146 \begin_inset space ~
30150 \begin_inset space ~
30154 \begin_inset space ~
30160 \begin_layout Standard
30161 for the different positions in the header/footer.
30164 \begin_layout Standard
30165 Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
30166 But you can change them anywhere you want to.
30168 \begin_inset space ~
30172 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30174 reference "fig:Page-layout"
30178 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
30181 \begin_layout Standard
30182 \begin_inset Float figure
30188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30191 \begin_inset Tabular
30192 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
30193 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
30194 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30195 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30196 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30198 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
30210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30216 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30227 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30245 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30256 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
30259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30260 The normal text on the page goes here.
30261 The running header is above the text, and the footer is below (including
30263 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
30264 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
30269 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30278 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30289 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30307 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30318 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
30330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30336 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30354 \begin_inset Caption Standard
30356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30357 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30359 name "fig:Page-layout"
30363 Page layout with custom header and footer line.
30376 \begin_layout Subsection
30380 \begin_layout Standard
30381 To define your header line, add all 3
30382 \begin_inset space ~
30386 The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
30387 the optional arguments on even pages.
30388 For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
30390 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
30391 Defining the footer line works similar.
30394 \begin_layout Standard
30395 For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
30398 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30411 \begin_inset space ~
30419 \begin_layout Description
30422 thepage prints the current page number
30425 \begin_layout Description
30428 Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
30431 \begin_layout Description
30434 roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
30437 \begin_layout Description
30440 leftmark prints the current section number and title.
30441 If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
30444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30448 \begin_inset Quotes prd
30451 because it usually goes in a left header.
30454 \begin_layout Description
30457 rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
30458 If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
30460 It is normally used in the right header.
30463 \begin_layout Subsection
30464 Default header/footer
30467 \begin_layout Standard
30468 The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
30469 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
30470 footer has the page number.
30471 In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
30472 relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
30473 So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
30476 \begin_inset space ~
30484 \begin_layout Subsection
30488 \begin_layout Standard
30489 The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
30490 Some pages are different.
30491 The title page has a style of its own, and so does any page that starts
30492 a new part or chapter in your book.
30493 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
30494 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
30495 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
30498 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30499 Header and footer decoration line
30502 \begin_layout Standard
30503 By default, you get a 0.4
30504 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30507 pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
30508 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
30520 in the following scheme:
30523 \begin_layout Standard
30530 headrulewidth}{thickness}
30533 \begin_layout Standard
30534 Where thickness is a size in standard units like
30543 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
30544 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30550 \begin_layout Standard
30551 The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
30552 If you really need this, have a look at the Internet or in sec.
30553 \begin_inset space ~
30557 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30566 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30567 Several header/footer lines
30570 \begin_layout Standard
30571 In case you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can do
30572 this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
30573 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
30575 To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
30587 in this scheme in your document preamble:
30590 \begin_layout Standard
30597 headheight}{height}
30600 \begin_layout Standard
30601 Where height is a size in standard units.
30602 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
30603 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
30604 Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
30606 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30620 and look via the button
30623 \begin_inset space ~
30628 if you find a warning of the package
30633 \begin_inset Index idx
30636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30637 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
30643 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
30644 for your header/footer.
30647 \begin_layout Subsection
30651 \begin_layout Standard
30652 This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
30653 Don't use it for your document as it is just an example.
30654 This example consists of the following definition:
30657 \begin_layout Description
30659 \begin_inset space ~
30668 , empty optional argument
30671 \begin_layout Description
30673 \begin_inset space ~
30676 Header empty, empty optional argument
30679 \begin_layout Description
30681 \begin_inset space ~
30690 in the optional argument
30693 \begin_layout Description
30695 \begin_inset space ~
30704 in the optional argument
30707 \begin_layout Description
30709 \begin_inset space ~
30721 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30725 \begin_inset Newline newline
30729 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30736 in the optional argument
30739 \begin_layout Description
30741 \begin_inset space ~
30750 , empty optional argument
30753 \begin_layout Description
30756 headrulewidth set to 2
30757 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30763 \begin_layout Standard
30764 In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except floats.
30765 For more special things like e.
30766 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30770 \begin_inset space ~
30773 thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
30778 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30787 \begin_layout Standard
30788 \begin_inset Newpage clearpage
30794 \begin_layout Standard
30798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30802 pagestyle{headings}
30808 \begin_inset Note Note
30811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30812 switches back to page style with the default headings
30820 \begin_layout Section
30821 Previewing Snippets of your Document
30822 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30824 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
30829 \begin_inset Index idx
30832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30839 \begin_inset Index idx
30842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30851 \begin_layout Standard
30852 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
30853 fly so you can see how they will look in the final document without having
30854 to break your train of thought with viewing the output.
30857 \begin_layout Subsection
30861 \begin_layout Standard
30862 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
30867 \begin_inset Index idx
30870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30871 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
30876 (on some systems named simply
30881 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX-catalogue,
30883 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30889 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
30890 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
30898 package; for LyX on Windows this program and also the LaTeX-package are
30899 automatically installed together with LyX.
30902 \begin_layout Subsection
30906 \begin_layout Standard
30907 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
30908 LaTeX, activate the option
30911 \begin_inset space ~
30918 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30924 \begin_inset space ~
30928 \begin_inset space ~
30931 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30938 \begin_inset space ~
30951 \begin_inset space ~
30956 is the multiplication factor for the size.
30959 \begin_layout Standard
30960 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
30964 \begin_layout Standard
30965 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
30968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30973 Previews of an already loaded document are not in every case immediately
30974 generated by activating the option
30977 \begin_inset space ~
30983 Reopening the documents will fix such problems.
30991 \begin_layout Subsection
30992 Selected document parts
30995 \begin_layout Standard
30996 Besides math there are other cases where you might like to see a preview,
30997 for example things that LyX cannot render like rotated parts or things
30998 that are not yet supported by LyX.
30999 To do this, insert a preview inset via the menu
31001 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31005 Insert or paste the stuff that you want to preview into this inset.
31006 The preview will be generated when the cursor is outside the preview inset.
31007 If you click on the preview, you can edit the previewed stuff.
31010 \begin_layout Standard
31011 An example: To create rotated boxes, you use the LaTeX command
31017 which is not yet supported by LyX.
31021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31028 is explained in section
31030 Rotated and Scaled Boxes
31035 \begin_inset space ~
31045 Instead of the TeX Code boxes you want to see in LyX the final rotated
31046 boxes, for example to adjust the rotation angle to fit with the surrounding
31048 Therefore you create a preview inset and copy the text with the rotated
31050 Here is the result:
31053 \begin_layout Standard
31054 \begin_inset Preview
31056 \begin_layout Standard
31061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31065 rotatebox[origin=r]{-60}{
31071 \begin_inset Box Doublebox
31081 height_special "totalheight"
31084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31109 rotatebox[origin=lb]{60}{
31115 \begin_inset Formula $\int A\,\mathrm{d}x=B$
31122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31137 \begin_layout Standard
31138 Previewing works also for colors.
31139 In this example a special framed, colored box was created using the LaTeX
31150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31157 is explained in section
31164 \begin_inset space ~
31177 \begin_layout Standard
31178 \begin_inset Preview
31180 \begin_layout Standard
31184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31203 fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{
31208 This is text within a colored, framed box.
31212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31227 \begin_layout Standard
31228 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
31234 \begin_layout Standard
31235 If LyX does not show a preview, make sure that you enabled previews as described
31236 above and also make sure that TeX Code in the preview inset is valid and
31237 that you loaded the LaTeX packages in your document preamble that are required
31239 If LyX cannot create a preview, you will in most cases also not be able
31240 to view your document due to LaTeX errors.
31241 So if you have to use some TeX Code and don't know if it is correct, the
31242 preview inset is a nice method to check it without the need to view the
31246 \begin_layout Subsection
31250 \begin_layout Standard
31251 You can preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts of it.
31254 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31256 \begin_inset space ~
31261 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
31262 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
31264 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
31265 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
31266 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
31267 the source view window.
31270 \begin_layout Section
31271 Advanced Find and Replace
31272 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31274 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
31279 \begin_inset Index idx
31282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31289 \begin_inset Index idx
31292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31301 \begin_layout Subsection
31305 \begin_layout Standard
31306 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
31307 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
31308 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
31309 The key-features are:
31312 \begin_layout Itemize
31313 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
31314 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
31315 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
31319 \begin_layout Itemize
31320 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
31321 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
31322 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
31323 a section heading will only be found within section headings
31326 \begin_layout Itemize
31327 Search may be widened to a specific
31332 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31336 \begin_inset space ~
31339 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
31340 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
31347 \begin_layout Itemize
31348 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
31349 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
31350 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31354 \begin_inset space ~
31357 all lowercase, all uppercase, first letter uppercase followed by lowercase)
31360 \begin_layout Subsection
31364 \begin_layout Standard
31365 The advanced find and replace feature is activated through the menu
31367 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31380 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
31383 ) or the toolbar button
31386 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
31392 Advanced Find and Replace
31397 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31401 \begin_layout Standard
31406 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
31411 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
31414 arg "break-paragraph"
31418 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
31419 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
31420 Pressing repeatedly
31423 arg "break-paragraph"
31426 keeps searching forward while pressing
31430 searches backwards.
31433 \begin_layout Standard
31438 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
31448 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
31451 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31452 Searching for mathematics
31455 \begin_layout Standard
31456 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing them the
31461 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
31464 or also something more complex like
31465 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
31469 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
31470 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas.
31471 For example the mentioned segments would be found in something like
31472 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
31478 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31482 \begin_layout Standard
31483 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
31484 This is done by switching to the
31488 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
31493 This way, entering in the
31500 \begin_layout Itemize
31501 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
31502 in emphasized or boldface.
31505 \begin_layout Itemize
31506 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
31507 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
31510 \begin_layout Itemize
31511 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
31512 of if only within section headings.
31513 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
31514 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
31518 \begin_layout Itemize
31519 a displayed formula will only find instances of this formula that are also
31520 displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
31523 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31527 \begin_layout Standard
31528 The document segments entered in the
31532 editor can be replaced with the text segments entered in the
31540 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
31544 button or alternatively
31551 arg "break-paragraph"
31558 while the cursor is in the
31568 \begin_layout Standard
31569 You can replace with full-featured formatted LyX segments.
31570 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
31574 \begin_layout Itemize
31575 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
31576 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
31577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31584 with its typewriter version
31585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31599 \begin_layout Itemize
31600 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
31602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31606 \begin_inset Formula $R$
31610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31618 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
31622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31625 (you may want to enable the
31633 options and disable the
31641 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
31642 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31649 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
31650 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
31654 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
31657 , or occurrences of
31658 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
31662 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
31668 \begin_layout Subsection
31672 \begin_layout Standard
31673 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
31677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31678 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
31680 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31682 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
31691 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
31697 This is done via the menu
31699 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31700 Insert Regular Expression
31702 while the cursor is in the
31707 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
31708 expression matching rules
31712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31713 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
31715 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31719 \begin_inset space ~
31722 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
31723 to match expressions.
31728 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
31729 same text in the document.
31730 It is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
31731 Examples of using such a feature may be:
31734 \begin_layout Enumerate
31735 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
31740 editor the fraction
31741 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
31745 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31748 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
31749 fractions with the given denominator.
31752 \begin_layout Enumerate
31753 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
31765 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31770 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
31771 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
31773 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31776 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
31777 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
31780 \begin_layout Standard
31781 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual:
31782 Enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
31783 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31786 , and referring back to them through
31787 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31791 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
31795 For example, try searching for the regexp
31796 \begin_inset Newline newline
31799 [[:space:]]([[:alpha:]]+)[[:space:]]
31802 \begin_inset Newline newline
31805 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
31808 \begin_layout Standard
31809 The usage of back references in the replaced text is not (yet) implemented.
31812 \begin_layout Standard
31813 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
31816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31822 Back references work both when occurring within the same regexp, and when
31823 occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of back-referenced
31824 sub-expressions is absolute.
31826 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31830 \begin_inset space ~
31834 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31837 always refers to the first occurrence of
31838 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31841 in all entered regexps.
31849 \begin_layout Section
31851 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31853 name "sec:Spellchecking"
31858 \begin_inset Index idx
31861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31870 \begin_layout Standard
31871 LyX has a built-in spell checker.
31874 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31881 or the toolbar button
31884 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
31887 starts the spell checking from either the current cursor position or the
31888 beginning of the currently selected text.
31889 A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
31890 you to edit and replace it in a second line.
31891 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
31892 scrolled so that it is visible.
31893 In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
31894 n, if any could be found.
31895 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy it to the
31899 field, double-click directly invokes the replacement.
31900 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
31903 \begin_layout Standard
31904 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
31907 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31911 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
31912 a different one at the top of the dialog.
31913 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
31914 This works if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
31915 have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
31916 LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
31919 \begin_layout Subsection
31923 \begin_layout Standard
31924 In LyX's preferences dialog under
31927 \begin_inset space ~
31930 Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31933 you can set the following things:
31936 \begin_layout Description
31938 \begin_inset space ~
31941 engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
31942 Depending on your platform,
31956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31957 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
31958 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
31973 \begin_layout Description
31975 \begin_inset space ~
31978 language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
31979 for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
31982 \begin_layout Description
31984 \begin_inset space ~
31987 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
31989 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31993 \begin_inset space \space{}
31997 This should normally not be needed.
32000 \begin_layout Description
32002 \begin_inset space ~
32006 \begin_inset space ~
32009 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
32011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
32015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
32021 \begin_layout Description
32023 \begin_inset space ~
32026 continuously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
32027 Misspelled words get underlined with a dotted red line.
32028 By right-clicking on an underlined word, suggestions from the spellchecker
32029 appear in the context menu.
32030 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
32034 \begin_layout Description
32036 \begin_inset space ~
32040 \begin_inset space ~
32044 \begin_inset space ~
32047 comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
32051 \begin_layout Section
32053 \begin_inset Index idx
32056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32063 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32065 name "sec:Thesaurus"
32072 \begin_layout Standard
32073 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
32074 It uses the same thesaurus framework as LibreOffice, OpenOffice and Firefox
32083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32084 \begin_inset CommandInset href
32086 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
32095 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
32096 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
32097 are available for many languages.
32100 \begin_layout Standard
32101 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
32105 \begin_layout Subsection
32106 Setting up the thesaurus
32109 \begin_layout Standard
32117 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
32122 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
32127 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
32129 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32133 en_EN for English).
32134 For instance, the English files are named:
32137 \begin_layout Itemize
32141 \begin_layout Itemize
32145 \begin_layout Standard
32146 If you have LibreOffice or OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these
32147 files should be already on your system.
32148 If not, you can get dictionaries either from
32149 \begin_inset Flex URL
32152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32154 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
32160 \begin_inset Flex URL
32163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32165 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org/en/search/node/thesaurus
32174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32175 Note that, as of OpenOffice
32176 \begin_inset space ~
32180 \begin_inset Flex URL
32183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32185 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
32190 are usually packed in extension archives (
32194 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
32196 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
32197 unpack a zip archive.
32210 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
32211 s), and specify the path to this directory in
32213 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32214 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32218 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
32221 \begin_layout Subsection
32222 Using the thesaurus
32225 \begin_layout Standard
32226 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
32228 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32231 or the toolbar button
32234 arg "thesaurus-entry"
32237 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
32239 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
32241 The proposals are grouped into categories.
32242 Note that, for some languages (such as English), the thesaurus does not
32243 only show equivalent words (synonyms), but also generic terms (such as
32252 ), related terms (such as
32255 \begin_inset space ~
32264 ), compounds (such as
32267 \begin_inset space ~
32276 ) and opposites (antonyms) (such as
32285 Generic terms, related terms and antonyms are marked as such.
32288 \begin_layout Standard
32289 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
32290 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
32294 \begin_layout Standard
32295 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
32296 the dictionary, such as the above
32300 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
32301 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32305 \begin_inset space \space{}
32308 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
32309 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
32310 For example looking up the word form
32311 \change_deleted 2090807402 1338765333
32322 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
32328 \change_inserted 2090807402 1338765282
32329 The thesuarus is able to resolve inflected forms (so if you enter
32333 , it will resolve it to the form
32337 which is in the dictionary).
32338 However, this may not always work.
32339 So if you do not get any results for inflected forms, try the lemma form.
32342 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
32343 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32347 \begin_inset space \space{}
32358 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
32359 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
32360 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
32363 \begin_layout Section
32365 \begin_inset Index idx
32368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32375 \begin_inset Index idx
32378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32379 Document ! Change Tracking
32385 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32387 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
32394 \begin_layout Standard
32395 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
32396 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
32397 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
32398 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
32400 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32402 \begin_inset space ~
32405 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32407 \begin_inset space ~
32415 \begin_layout Standard
32416 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
32430 The color depends on the author that made the change.
32431 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
32434 \begin_inset space ~
32438 \begin_inset space ~
32448 \begin_inset Index idx
32451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32452 Color ! Change tracking
32457 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
32458 the cursor is in changed text.
32459 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
32462 arg "changes-merge"
32468 \begin_layout Standard
32469 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
32470 \begin_inset Index idx
32473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32482 \begin_layout Standard
32483 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32489 \begin_layout Standard
32490 \begin_inset Graphics
32491 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
32499 \begin_layout Standard
32500 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32506 \begin_layout Standard
32507 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
32511 \begin_layout Standard
32512 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32518 \begin_layout Standard
32519 \begin_inset Tabular
32520 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
32521 <features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
32522 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32523 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32524 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32533 arg "changes-track"
32541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32547 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32549 \begin_inset space ~
32552 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32554 \begin_inset space ~
32563 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32572 arg "changes-output"
32580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32586 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32588 \begin_inset space ~
32591 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32593 \begin_inset space ~
32597 \begin_inset space ~
32601 \begin_inset space ~
32610 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32631 Jumps to the next change
32637 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32646 arg "change-accept"
32654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32660 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32662 \begin_inset space ~
32665 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32667 \begin_inset space ~
32676 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32685 arg "change-reject"
32693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32699 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32701 \begin_inset space ~
32704 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32706 \begin_inset space ~
32715 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32724 arg "changes-merge"
32732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32738 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32740 \begin_inset space ~
32743 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32745 \begin_inset space ~
32754 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32763 arg "all-changes-accept"
32771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32777 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32779 \begin_inset space ~
32782 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32784 \begin_inset space ~
32788 \begin_inset space ~
32797 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32806 arg "all-changes-reject"
32814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32820 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32822 \begin_inset space ~
32825 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32827 \begin_inset space ~
32831 \begin_inset space ~
32840 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32863 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32864 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32866 \begin_inset space ~
32875 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32898 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32900 \begin_inset space ~
32916 \begin_layout Standard
32917 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32923 \begin_layout Standard
32924 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
32925 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
32926 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
32927 the next change after the current cursor position.
32928 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
32929 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
32930 step to the next change.
32931 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
32934 \begin_layout Standard
32935 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
32936 to describe a change.
32939 \begin_layout Standard
32940 To show the made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
32945 \begin_inset Index idx
32948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32949 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
32955 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
32956 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32962 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
32965 \begin_layout Section
32966 Comparison of Documents
32967 \begin_inset Index idx
32970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32971 Comparison of documents
32979 \begin_layout Standard
32980 You can compare two different LyX files via the menu
32982 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32986 The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
32988 In the comparison dialog you can select from which document LyX should
32989 take the document settings for the resulting difference file with the option
32993 \begin_inset space ~
32997 \begin_inset space ~
33001 \begin_inset space ~
33010 \begin_inset space ~
33014 \begin_inset space ~
33018 \begin_inset space ~
33022 \begin_inset space ~
33026 \begin_inset space ~
33030 \begin_inset space ~
33035 enables the change tracking option
33038 \begin_inset space ~
33042 \begin_inset space ~
33046 \begin_inset space ~
33051 to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
33054 \begin_layout Section
33055 International Support
33056 \begin_inset Index idx
33059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33060 International support
33068 \begin_layout Standard
33069 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
33070 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
33071 how to set up LyX to use them:
33072 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
33074 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
33081 \begin_layout Standard
33082 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
33083 \begin_inset space ~
33087 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33089 reference "sub:Special-Character"
33096 \begin_layout Subsection
33098 \begin_inset Index idx
33101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33108 \begin_inset Index idx
33111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33112 Document ! Settings
33118 \begin_inset Index idx
33121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33122 Document ! Language
33130 \begin_layout Standard
33133 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33136 dialog lets you set
33138 the language and character encoding for your language.
33142 \begin_layout Standard
33143 Choose your language in the
33147 section of this dialog.
33155 \begin_layout Standard
33160 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
33165 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
33166 For details about the different encoding options see section
33167 \begin_inset space ~
33171 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33173 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
33180 \begin_layout Subsection
33181 Keyboard mapping configuration
33182 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33184 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
33191 \begin_layout Standard
33192 If you have for example a U.
33193 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33196 S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you
33197 can use an alternate keymap.
33198 For example, if you have a U.
33199 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33202 S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian, you can configure LyX to
33203 use an Italian keymap.
33204 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
33206 \begin_inset space ~
33210 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33212 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
33217 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
33218 which one you want to use.
33221 \begin_layout Standard
33222 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
33223 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
33224 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
33225 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
33226 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
33227 one to support the characters you want.
33228 This and many other customizations are explained in the
33235 \begin_layout Subsection
33239 \begin_layout Standard
33241 \begin_inset space ~
33245 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33247 reference "tab:The-latin1-character"
33256 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
33260 \begin_layout Standard
33261 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
33262 Here are some of the details you will need to bear in mind when using character
33270 \begin_layout Itemize
33271 Even if you have selected
33277 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33280 dialog, users who have only the
33284 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
33288 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
33289 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
33290 french quotes will not show up.
33293 \begin_layout Standard
33294 \begin_inset Float table
33299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33300 \begin_inset Caption Standard
33302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33303 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33305 name "tab:The-latin1-character"
33321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33323 \begin_inset Tabular
33324 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
33325 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
33326 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33327 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33328 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33329 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33330 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33331 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33332 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33333 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33334 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33335 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33336 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33337 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33338 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33339 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33340 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33341 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33342 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37755 \begin_layout Standard
37756 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
37758 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
37759 also the characters from
37771 \begin_layout Itemize
37780 \begin_layout Standard
37781 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
37782 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37788 \begin_layout Standard
37789 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
37790 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37796 \begin_layout Standard
37797 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
37798 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37804 \begin_layout Standard
37805 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
37806 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37812 \begin_layout Standard
37814 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37820 \begin_layout Standard
37822 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37828 \begin_layout Standard
37830 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37837 \begin_layout Itemize
37850 \begin_layout Standard
37852 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37858 \begin_layout Standard
37860 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37866 \begin_layout Standard
37868 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37874 \begin_layout Standard
37876 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37882 \begin_layout Standard
37884 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37890 \begin_layout Standard
37892 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37899 \begin_layout Standard
37900 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
37901 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
37902 Also make sure you're using the
37909 \begin_layout Chapter
37912 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37914 name "chap:The-User-Interface"
37921 \begin_layout Standard
37922 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
37923 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
37924 topic inside the user's guide.
37927 \begin_layout Section
37929 \begin_inset Index idx
37932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37941 \begin_layout Standard
37946 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
37949 \begin_layout Subsection
37953 \begin_layout Standard
37954 Creates a new document.
37957 \begin_layout Subsection
37961 \begin_layout Standard
37962 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
37963 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
37964 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
37967 \begin_layout Subsection
37971 \begin_layout Standard
37975 \begin_layout Subsection
37979 \begin_layout Standard
37980 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
37981 Click there on a file to open it.
37984 \begin_layout Subsection
37988 \begin_layout Standard
37989 Closes the current document.
37992 \begin_layout Subsection
37996 \begin_layout Standard
37997 Closes all opened documents.
38000 \begin_layout Subsection
38004 \begin_layout Standard
38005 Saves the actual document.
38008 \begin_layout Subsection
38012 \begin_layout Standard
38013 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
38016 \begin_layout Subsection
38020 \begin_layout Standard
38021 Saves all opened documents.
38024 \begin_layout Subsection
38028 \begin_layout Standard
38029 Reloads the actual document from disk.
38032 \begin_layout Subsection
38036 \begin_layout Standard
38037 This is used when multiple people are working on the same document or when
38038 one person wants to keep a careful archive of changes.
38039 It is described in the section
38041 Version Control in LyX
38045 Additional Features
38050 \begin_layout Subsection
38054 \begin_layout Standard
38055 Here you can import files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
38056 NoWeb-files, plain text files and comma separated, table-like text files
38058 The files will be imported as a new LyX-document.
38061 \begin_layout Standard
38062 When using the menu entry
38065 \begin_inset space ~
38070 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
38074 \begin_inset space ~
38078 \begin_inset space ~
38083 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
38084 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
38087 \begin_layout Subsection
38089 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38098 \begin_layout Standard
38099 You can export your document to various file formats.
38100 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
38101 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
38102 They depend on the programs found by LyX during its configuration.
38105 \begin_layout Standard
38106 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
38108 \begin_inset space ~
38112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38114 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
38121 \begin_layout Description
38127 \begin_inset space ~
38134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38141 yX format of the special LyX
38142 \begin_inset space ~
38145 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK)
38146 \begin_inset Newline newline
38149 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated into LyX.
38152 \begin_layout Description
38153 DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup
38159 \begin_layout Description
38161 \begin_inset space ~
38164 (XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup
38170 \begin_layout Description
38171 DraftDVI LaTeX's native DVI-format.
38172 This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in
38173 files paths or file names in your document.
38174 LyX use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to
38181 \begin_layout Description
38182 DVI DVI-format that also allows the useage of special characters or spaces
38183 in files paths or file names
38186 \begin_layout Description
38188 \begin_inset space ~
38195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38202 eX) DVI-format using the program
38206 ; supports Unicode and the usage of non-TeX fonts;
38209 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38217 not all DVI-viewers are currently able to display this output format properly.
38225 \begin_layout Description
38227 \begin_inset space ~
38230 Dot text file with code in the programming language
38234 which is used to draw visualizations of graphs via the program
38239 \begin_layout Description
38240 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
38244 \begin_layout Description
38246 \begin_inset space ~
38250 \begin_inset space ~
38253 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
38257 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
38265 \begin_layout Description
38272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38280 \begin_inset space ~
38291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38304 text file with the LaTeX source that is compilable with the program
38309 \begin_layout Description
38316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38324 \begin_inset space ~
38329 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
38330 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
38334 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
38337 \begin_layout Description
38344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38352 \begin_inset space ~
38357 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
38358 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
38366 \begin_layout Description
38373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38381 \begin_inset space ~
38392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38405 text file with the LaTeX source that is compilable with the program
38410 \begin_layout Description
38412 \begin_inset space ~
38416 \begin_inset space ~
38425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38434 TeX) text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the syntax of the
38435 music notation software
38440 \begin_layout Description
38447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38457 \begin_inset space ~
38461 \begin_inset space ~
38464 (zip|tar.gz) creates a zip-archive or a tar.gz-archive file (depending upon
38465 your system) that contains your document and all files that are necessary
38466 to compile it (images, child documents, BibTeX files, etc.)
38469 \begin_layout Description
38476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38486 \begin_inset space ~
38489 z.y.x LyX-Document in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x (
38490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38505 represent the version number)
38508 \begin_layout Description
38515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38524 yXHTML HTML-format using LyX's internal XHTML engine
38527 \begin_layout Description
38528 NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language
38533 \begin_layout Description
38534 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with
38536 LibreOffice, OpenOffice, KOffice, Abiword
38539 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
38543 \begin_layout Description
38547 \begin_inset space ~
38552 PDF-format using the program
38556 , produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38559 \begin_layout Description
38563 \begin_inset space ~
38570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38579 PDF-format using the program
38583 , produces PDF-files directly
38586 \begin_layout Description
38590 \begin_inset space ~
38595 PDF-format using the program
38599 , produces PDF-files directly
38602 \begin_layout Description
38606 \begin_inset space ~
38611 PDF-format using the program
38615 , produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38618 \begin_layout Description
38622 \begin_inset space ~
38629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38638 PDF-format using the program
38642 , produces PDF-files directly
38645 \begin_layout Description
38649 \begin_inset space ~
38657 \begin_layout Description
38661 \begin_inset space ~
38665 \begin_inset space ~
38670 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
38671 and then exported as text using the program
38676 \begin_layout Description
38681 PostScript format using the program
38686 \begin_layout Description
38687 Sweave text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the statistical
38688 programming language
38701 it is possible to use
38708 \begin_layout Standard
38709 If one of the menu entries
38716 \begin_inset space ~
38725 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38726 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38727 \begin_inset space ~
38731 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38733 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38738 \begin_inset Index idx
38741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38742 Reconfiguration of LyX
38750 \begin_layout Subsection
38754 \begin_layout Standard
38755 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
38756 format or send it to a printer.
38757 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
38758 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
38764 For more information have a look at section
38765 \begin_inset space ~
38769 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38771 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
38778 \begin_layout Subsection
38782 \begin_layout Standard
38783 This menu entry will only appear if you have a fax program installed (on
38784 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
38785 prefix, see section
38786 \begin_inset space ~
38790 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38792 reference "sec:Paths"
38797 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
38806 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
38807 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
38808 \begin_inset space ~
38812 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38814 reference "sub:Converters"
38821 \begin_layout Subsection
38822 New and Close Window
38825 \begin_layout Standard
38826 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
38829 \begin_layout Subsection
38833 \begin_layout Standard
38834 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
38837 \begin_layout Section
38839 \begin_inset Index idx
38842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38851 \begin_layout Subsection
38855 \begin_layout Standard
38856 Described in section
38857 \begin_inset space ~
38861 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38863 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
38870 \begin_layout Subsection
38871 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
38874 \begin_layout Standard
38875 Described in section
38876 \begin_inset space ~
38880 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38882 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38889 \begin_layout Subsection
38893 \begin_layout Standard
38894 Selects the content of the inset where the cursor is currently in.
38895 If the cursor is outside of an inset, the whole document will be selected.
38898 \begin_layout Subsection
38902 \begin_layout Standard
38903 Selects the whole document.
38906 \begin_layout Subsection
38907 Find & Replace (Quick)
38910 \begin_layout Standard
38911 Described in section
38912 \begin_inset space ~
38916 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38918 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38925 \begin_layout Subsection
38926 Find & Replace (Advanced)
38929 \begin_layout Standard
38930 Described in section
38931 \begin_inset space ~
38935 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38937 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
38944 \begin_layout Subsection
38945 Move Paragraph Up/Down
38948 \begin_layout Standard
38949 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
38953 \begin_layout Subsection
38957 \begin_layout Standard
38958 Described in section
38959 \begin_inset space ~
38963 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38965 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
38972 \begin_layout Subsection
38974 \begin_inset Index idx
38977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38978 Paragraph ! Settings
38986 \begin_layout Standard
38987 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
38988 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently
38992 \begin_layout Standard
38993 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
38994 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
38996 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39002 \begin_inset space ~
39010 \begin_layout Subsection
39011 Table Settings and Math
39014 \begin_layout Standard
39015 These two menus are only fully active if the cursor is inside a table or
39017 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
39018 The properties of tables are described in section
39019 \begin_inset space ~
39023 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39025 reference "sec:Tables"
39029 , the properties of formulas in chapter
39030 \begin_inset space ~
39034 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39036 reference "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
39043 \begin_layout Subsection
39044 Increase / Decrease List Depth
39047 \begin_layout Standard
39048 These menu entries are only active if the cursor is in an environment that
39050 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
39051 \begin_inset space ~
39055 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39057 reference "sec:Nesting"
39062 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39064 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
39071 \begin_layout Section
39073 \begin_inset Index idx
39076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39085 \begin_layout Standard
39086 At the bottom of the
39090 menu the opened documents are listed.
39093 \begin_layout Subsection
39094 Open/Close all Insets
39097 \begin_layout Standard
39098 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
39101 \begin_layout Subsection
39102 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
39105 \begin_layout Standard
39106 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
39109 \begin_layout Standard
39110 Math macros are described in the
39117 \begin_layout Subsection
39121 \begin_layout Standard
39122 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
39124 \begin_inset space ~
39128 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39130 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39137 \begin_layout Subsection
39141 \begin_layout Standard
39142 Opens a window showing console messages.
39143 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
39144 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39147 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
39148 while LaTeX is processing the document.
39151 \begin_layout Subsection
39155 \begin_layout Standard
39156 This menu entry generates the output in the format you have specified as
39157 default output format either in the preferences (see sec.
39158 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39162 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39164 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39168 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39169 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39173 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39175 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39179 ) and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
39180 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
39181 \begin_inset space ~
39185 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39187 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39192 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
39193 The default output format is
39196 \begin_inset space ~
39204 \begin_layout Subsection
39205 View (Other Formats)
39208 \begin_layout Standard
39209 With this submenu you can view your document in alternative output formats.
39210 The menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the
39211 actual document with an external program.
39212 The menu entries are not the same on all installations — it depends on
39213 the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
39214 All possible formats are listed in section
39215 \begin_inset space ~
39219 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39221 reference "sub:Export"
39226 You should at least see the menu entry
39231 If it is missing, you need to update or repair your LaTeX installation.
39232 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
39233 \begin_inset space ~
39237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39239 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
39244 \begin_inset Index idx
39247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39248 Reconfiguration of LyX
39256 \begin_layout Standard
39257 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
39258 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
39259 \begin_inset space ~
39263 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39265 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39270 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
39273 \begin_layout Subsection
39277 \begin_layout Standard
39278 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
39279 the default output format) without opening a new viewer window.
39282 \begin_layout Subsection
39283 Update (Other Formats)
39286 \begin_layout Standard
39287 With this submenu you can update the view of alternative output formats
39288 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
39291 \begin_layout Subsection
39292 View Master Document
39295 \begin_layout Standard
39296 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39312 \begin_inset space ~
39317 manual for more information on this topic).
39318 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
39319 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
39324 generates the output of the whole book, while
39328 will just output the chapter alone.
39331 \begin_layout Standard
39332 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39333 in the preferences (see sec.
39334 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39338 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39340 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39344 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39345 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39349 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39351 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39358 \begin_layout Subsection
39359 Update Master Document
39362 \begin_layout Standard
39363 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39379 \begin_inset space ~
39384 manual for more information on this topic).
39385 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
39386 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
39389 \begin_layout Standard
39390 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39391 in the preferences (see sec.
39392 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39396 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39398 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39402 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39403 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39407 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39409 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39416 \begin_layout Subsection
39420 \begin_layout Standard
39421 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
39422 This allows you to view documents at the same time to compare them, or
39423 to view the same document, but at different positions.
39424 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
39425 or more documents at the same time.
39426 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
39433 \begin_layout Subsection
39437 \begin_layout Standard
39438 Closes a split view.
39441 \begin_layout Subsection
39445 \begin_layout Standard
39446 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
39447 so that you will see nothing but your text.
39448 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
39449 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
39450 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
39453 \begin_layout Subsection
39455 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39457 name "sub:Toolbars"
39462 \begin_inset Index idx
39465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39474 \begin_layout Standard
39475 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
39476 All toolbars and the
39479 \begin_inset space ~
39484 can be turned on and off.
39489 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
39501 \begin_inset space ~
39509 \begin_inset space ~
39518 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
39522 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
39529 \begin_layout Standard
39534 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
39538 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
39539 or when a certain feature is enabled.
39540 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown if change tracking
39541 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown if the cursor
39542 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
39545 \begin_layout Standard
39546 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
39547 \begin_inset space ~
39551 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39553 reference "sec:Toolbars"
39560 \begin_layout Section
39562 \begin_inset Index idx
39565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39574 \begin_layout Subsection
39578 \begin_layout Standard
39579 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
39580 \begin_inset space ~
39584 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39586 reference "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
39597 \begin_layout Subsection
39599 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39601 name "sub:Special-Character"
39608 \begin_layout Standard
39609 Here you can insert the following characters:
39612 \begin_layout Description
39613 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
39614 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
39615 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
39616 \begin_inset Newline newline
39620 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39628 Not all characters will be visible in the
39632 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
39634 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39638 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39640 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39644 ) can display every character.
39652 \begin_layout Description
39653 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
39657 \begin_layout Description
39659 \begin_inset space ~
39663 \begin_inset space ~
39666 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
39667 \begin_inset space ~
39671 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39673 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
39680 \begin_layout Description
39682 \begin_inset space ~
39685 Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote type you selected in the
39688 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39698 \begin_layout Description
39700 \begin_inset space ~
39704 \change_deleted -712698321 1345809482
39706 \change_inserted -712698321 1345809484
39710 \change_deleted -712698321 1345809487
39712 \begin_inset Quotes ers
39716 \change_inserted -712698321 1345809513
39717 in the quotation marks style selected in the
39719 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39731 \begin_layout Description
39733 \begin_inset space ~
39736 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
39740 \begin_layout Description
39742 \begin_inset space ~
39745 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
39749 \begin_layout Description
39751 \begin_inset space ~
39754 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39758 \begin_layout Description
39760 \begin_inset space ~
39764 \begin_inset Index idx
39767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39774 \begin_inset Index idx
39777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39778 Language ! Phonetic symbols
39784 \change_deleted -712698321 1345808954
39785 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset
39786 \change_inserted -712698321 1345808969
39787 Inserts a box where
39788 \change_deleted -712698321 1345809001
39793 \change_deleted -712698321 1345809047
39794 commands to create IPA phonetic
39797 \change_inserted -712698321 1345809189
39798 from the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) and opens a toolbar which
39799 provides a large set of these symbols
39803 \change_deleted -712698321 1345809068
39805 \change_inserted -712698321 1345809068
39809 \change_inserted -712698321 1345809224
39810 with traditional LaTeX
39812 you must have the LaTeX-package
39817 \begin_inset Index idx
39820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39821 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
39827 \begin_inset Newline newline
39831 \change_deleted -712698321 1345809282
39833 \change_inserted -712698321 1345809283
39836 ore information about this feature
39837 \change_deleted -712698321 1345809286
39838 we refer you to the documentation of
39841 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39849 and this Wiki-page:
39850 \begin_inset Newline newline
39854 \begin_inset Flex URL
39857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39859 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
39865 \change_inserted -712698321 1345809397
39866 can be found in the Linguistics manual (
39868 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39869 Specific Manuals\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39877 \begin_layout Subsection
39881 \begin_layout Standard
39882 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
39885 \begin_layout Description
39886 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
39887 \begin_inset script superscript
39889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39898 \begin_layout Description
39899 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
39900 \begin_inset script subscript
39902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39911 \begin_layout Description
39913 \begin_inset space ~
39916 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
39917 \begin_inset space ~
39921 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39923 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
39930 \begin_layout Description
39932 \begin_inset space ~
39935 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
39936 \begin_inset space ~
39940 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39942 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
39949 \begin_layout Description
39951 \begin_inset space ~
39954 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
39955 \begin_inset space ~
39959 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39961 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
39968 \begin_layout Description
39970 \begin_inset space ~
39973 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
39974 \begin_inset space ~
39978 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39980 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
39987 \begin_layout Description
39989 \begin_inset space ~
39992 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
39993 \begin_inset space ~
39997 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39999 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
40006 \begin_layout Description
40008 \begin_inset space ~
40011 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
40012 \begin_inset space ~
40016 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40018 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
40025 \begin_layout Description
40026 Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section
40027 \begin_inset space ~
40031 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40033 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
40040 \begin_layout Description
40042 \begin_inset space ~
40045 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
40046 \begin_inset space ~
40050 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40052 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
40059 \begin_layout Description
40061 \begin_inset space ~
40064 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
40065 \begin_inset space ~
40069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40071 reference "sub:Ligatures"
40078 \begin_layout Description
40080 \begin_inset space ~
40084 \begin_inset space ~
40087 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
40088 \begin_inset space ~
40092 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40094 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
40101 \begin_layout Description
40103 \begin_inset space ~
40106 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
40107 text line to the page border, see section
40108 \begin_inset space ~
40112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40114 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
40121 \begin_layout Description
40123 \begin_inset space ~
40126 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
40127 \begin_inset space ~
40131 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40133 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
40140 \begin_layout Description
40142 \begin_inset space ~
40145 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
40146 text page to the page border, described in section
40147 \begin_inset space ~
40151 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40153 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
40160 \begin_layout Description
40162 \begin_inset space ~
40165 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
40166 \begin_inset space ~
40170 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40172 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
40179 \begin_layout Description
40181 \begin_inset space ~
40185 \begin_inset space ~
40188 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
40189 \begin_inset space ~
40193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40195 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
40202 \begin_layout Subsection
40206 \begin_layout Standard
40207 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
40208 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures and tables list are described
40210 \begin_inset space ~
40214 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40216 reference "sec:toc"
40221 The index list is described in section
40222 \begin_inset space ~
40226 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40228 reference "sec:Index"
40232 , the nomenclature in section
40233 \begin_inset space ~
40237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40239 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40243 and the BibTeX bibliography in section
40244 \begin_inset space ~
40248 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40250 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40257 \begin_layout Subsection
40261 \begin_layout Standard
40262 To insert floats, described in section
40263 \begin_inset space ~
40267 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40269 reference "sec:Floats"
40276 \begin_layout Subsection
40280 \begin_layout Standard
40281 To insert notes, described in section
40282 \begin_inset space ~
40286 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40288 reference "sec:Notes"
40295 \begin_layout Subsection
40299 \begin_layout Standard
40300 Inserts branch insets as described in section
40301 \begin_inset space ~
40305 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40307 reference "sec:Branches"
40314 \begin_layout Subsection
40318 \begin_layout Standard
40319 Inserts document class-specific insets.
40320 Such insets only exist if they are defined in the layout file for a certain
40322 An example is the document class
40323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40330 with three custom insets.
40333 Flex insets and InsetLayout
40339 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
40342 \begin_layout Subsection
40344 \begin_inset Index idx
40347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40356 \begin_layout Standard
40357 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other files
40359 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
40366 \begin_inset space ~
40374 \begin_layout Subsection
40376 \begin_inset Index idx
40379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40388 \begin_layout Standard
40389 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
40390 \begin_inset space ~
40394 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40396 reference "sec:Minipages"
40401 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
40408 \begin_inset space ~
40416 \begin_layout Subsection
40420 \begin_layout Standard
40421 Inserts a citation as described in section
40422 \begin_inset space ~
40426 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40428 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40435 \begin_layout Subsection
40439 \begin_layout Standard
40440 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
40441 \begin_inset space ~
40445 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40447 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40454 \begin_layout Subsection
40458 \begin_layout Standard
40459 Inserts a label as described in section
40460 \begin_inset space ~
40464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40466 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40473 \begin_layout Subsection
40475 \begin_inset Index idx
40478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40485 \begin_inset Index idx
40488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40489 Longtables ! Caption
40497 \begin_layout Standard
40498 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
40499 Floats are described in section
40500 \begin_inset space ~
40504 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40506 reference "sec:Floats"
40510 , captions in longtables are described in the section
40517 \begin_inset space ~
40525 \begin_layout Subsection
40529 \begin_layout Standard
40530 Inserts an index entry as described in section
40531 \begin_inset space ~
40535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40537 reference "sec:Index"
40544 \begin_layout Subsection
40548 \begin_layout Standard
40549 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
40550 \begin_inset space ~
40554 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40556 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40563 \begin_layout Subsection
40567 \begin_layout Standard
40569 Tables are described in section
40570 \begin_inset space ~
40574 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40576 reference "sec:Tables"
40583 \begin_layout Subsection
40587 \begin_layout Standard
40589 Graphics are described in section
40590 \begin_inset space ~
40594 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40596 reference "sec:Graphics"
40603 \begin_layout Subsection
40607 \begin_layout Standard
40608 Inserts a URL as described in section
40609 \begin_inset space ~
40613 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40615 reference "sub:URLs"
40622 \begin_layout Subsection
40626 \begin_layout Standard
40627 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
40628 \begin_inset space ~
40632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40634 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
40641 \begin_layout Subsection
40645 \begin_layout Standard
40646 Inserts a footnote, see section
40647 \begin_inset space ~
40651 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40653 reference "sec:Footnotes"
40660 \begin_layout Subsection
40664 \begin_layout Standard
40665 Inserts a marginal note, see section
40666 \begin_inset space ~
40670 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40672 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
40679 \begin_layout Subsection
40683 \begin_layout Standard
40684 Inserts a short title, see section
40685 \begin_inset space ~
40689 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40691 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
40698 \begin_layout Subsection
40702 \begin_layout Standard
40703 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
40704 \begin_inset space ~
40708 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40710 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
40717 \begin_layout Subsection
40719 \begin_inset Index idx
40722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40731 \begin_layout Standard
40732 Inserts a program listings box.
40733 Program listings are explained in the chapter
40735 Program Code Listings
40740 \begin_inset space ~
40748 \begin_layout Subsection
40752 \begin_layout Standard
40753 Inserts the actual date.
40754 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
40756 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
40764 \begin_inset space ~
40772 \begin_layout Subsection
40776 \begin_layout Standard
40777 Inserts a preview inset, see section
40778 \begin_inset space ~
40782 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40784 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40791 \begin_layout Section
40793 \begin_inset Index idx
40796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40805 \begin_layout Standard
40806 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
40807 \begin_inset space ~
40810 of the current document.
40811 This allows you to navigate easily through your document.
40814 \begin_layout Subsection
40818 \begin_layout Standard
40819 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
40820 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
40822 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40826 \begin_inset space \space{}
40830 \begin_inset space ~
40834 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
40835 \begin_inset space ~
40838 2.5 and use the submenu
40841 \begin_inset space ~
40845 \begin_inset space ~
40852 \begin_inset space ~
40858 \begin_inset space ~
40862 \begin_inset space ~
40868 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
40872 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
40878 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
40884 \begin_layout Standard
40885 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
40886 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
40889 \begin_layout Subsection
40890 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
40893 \begin_layout Standard
40894 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
40898 \begin_layout Subsection
40902 \begin_layout Standard
40903 Only active if the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
40904 Sets the cursor before the referenced label.
40905 (It is the same as if you right-click on a cross-reference box and use
40909 \begin_inset space ~
40913 \begin_inset space ~
40921 \begin_layout Subsection
40925 \begin_layout Standard
40926 This feature allows you to directly jump to the corresponding text part
40927 in the output, see section
40930 \begin_inset space ~
40938 \begin_inset space ~
40943 manual for a detailed description.
40946 \begin_layout Section
40948 \begin_inset Index idx
40951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40960 \begin_layout Subsection
40964 \begin_layout Standard
40965 Change Tracking is described in section
40966 \begin_inset space ~
40970 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40972 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40979 \begin_layout Subsection
40984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40994 \begin_layout Standard
40995 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
40997 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
41000 \begin_layout Standard
41001 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
41006 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
41009 \begin_layout Subsection
41013 \begin_layout Standard
41014 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
41015 \begin_inset space ~
41019 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41021 reference "sec:Navigating"
41026 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41028 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
41035 \begin_layout Subsection
41036 Start Appendix Here
41039 \begin_layout Standard
41040 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
41041 position as described in section
41042 \begin_inset space ~
41046 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41048 reference "sec:Appendices"
41055 \begin_layout Subsection
41059 \begin_layout Standard
41060 Un/compresses the current document.
41063 \begin_layout Subsection
41067 \begin_layout Standard
41068 The document settings are described in appendix
41069 \begin_inset space ~
41073 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41075 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
41082 \begin_layout Section
41084 \begin_inset Index idx
41087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41096 \begin_layout Subsection
41100 \begin_layout Standard
41101 Spell checking is explained in section
41102 \begin_inset space ~
41106 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41108 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
41115 \begin_layout Subsection
41119 \begin_layout Standard
41120 The thesaurus is described in section
41121 \begin_inset space ~
41125 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41127 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
41134 \begin_layout Subsection
41136 \begin_inset Index idx
41139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41146 \begin_inset Index idx
41149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41158 \begin_layout Standard
41159 Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted
41163 \begin_layout Subsection
41165 \begin_inset Index idx
41168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41177 \begin_layout Standard
41178 Shows you a list of the document classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-syst
41182 \begin_layout Subsection
41184 \begin_inset Index idx
41187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41188 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
41192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41199 Reconfiguration of LyX
41203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41216 \begin_inset Index idx
41219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41220 Reconfiguration of LyX
41228 \begin_layout Standard
41229 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
41230 and programs it needs; see also section
41231 \begin_inset space ~
41235 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41237 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
41244 \begin_layout Subsection
41248 \begin_layout Standard
41249 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
41250 \begin_inset space ~
41254 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41256 reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
41263 \begin_layout Section
41265 \begin_inset Index idx
41268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41277 \begin_layout Standard
41278 This menu lists the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
41280 If a file is not available in this language, the English version will be
41284 \begin_layout Standard
41288 \begin_inset space ~
41293 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
41294 found by LyX (see also section
41295 \begin_inset space ~
41299 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41301 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
41308 \begin_layout Section
41310 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41312 name "sec:Toolbars"
41319 \begin_layout Standard
41320 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
41321 \begin_inset space ~
41325 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41327 reference "sub:Toolbars"
41334 \begin_layout Standard
41335 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
41336 This is described in the
41338 Additional Features
41343 \begin_layout Subsection
41345 \begin_inset Index idx
41348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41357 \begin_layout Standard
41358 \begin_inset Graphics
41359 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
41367 \begin_layout Standard
41368 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41374 \begin_layout Standard
41375 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41392 \begin_inset Note Note
41395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41396 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
41401 manual for more information.
41409 \begin_layout Standard
41410 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41416 \begin_layout Standard
41417 \begin_inset Tabular
41418 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
41419 <features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41420 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41421 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41427 \begin_inset Graphics
41428 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
41438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41442 pull-down box for the environments
41455 \begin_layout Standard
41456 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
41462 \begin_layout Standard
41464 \begin_inset Tabular
41465 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
41466 <features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41467 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41468 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41469 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41492 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41499 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41522 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41529 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41552 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41559 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41568 arg "dialog-show print"
41576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41582 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41589 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41598 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
41606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41612 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41619 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41642 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41649 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41672 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41679 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41702 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41709 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41732 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41739 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41762 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41769 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41778 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
41786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41792 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41794 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41798 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41807 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41816 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
41824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41830 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41831 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41838 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41859 Emphasize text, function of the
41861 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41863 \begin_inset space ~
41874 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41895 Set text to noun style, function of the
41897 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41899 \begin_inset space ~
41910 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41919 arg "textstyle-apply"
41927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41931 Formats text using the current settings in the
41933 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41935 \begin_inset space ~
41946 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41969 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41970 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41972 \begin_inset space ~
41981 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41990 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
41998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42004 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42011 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42018 arg "tabular-insert"
42026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42032 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42039 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42048 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
42056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42060 Toggle outline window on/off,
42062 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42069 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42078 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
42086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42090 Toggle math toolbar on/off
42096 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42105 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
42113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42117 Toggle table toolbar on/off
42130 \begin_layout Subsection
42132 \begin_inset Index idx
42135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42144 \begin_layout Standard
42145 \begin_inset Graphics
42146 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
42154 \begin_layout Standard
42155 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42161 \begin_layout Standard
42162 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
42166 \begin_layout Standard
42167 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42173 \begin_layout Standard
42174 \begin_inset Tabular
42175 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
42176 <features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42177 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42178 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42179 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42206 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42215 arg "layout Enumerate"
42223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42233 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42242 arg "layout Itemize"
42250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42260 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42287 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42296 arg "layout Description"
42304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42314 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42323 arg "depth-increment"
42331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42337 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42339 \begin_inset space ~
42343 \begin_inset space ~
42352 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42361 arg "depth-decrement"
42369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42375 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42377 \begin_inset space ~
42381 \begin_inset space ~
42390 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42399 arg "float-insert figure"
42407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42413 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42414 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42421 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42430 arg "float-insert table"
42438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42444 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42445 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42452 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42475 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42482 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42491 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
42499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42505 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42512 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42521 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
42529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42535 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42542 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42565 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42567 \begin_inset space ~
42576 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42585 arg "nomencl-insert"
42593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42599 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42601 \begin_inset space ~
42610 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42619 arg "footnote-insert"
42627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42633 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42640 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42649 arg "marginalnote-insert"
42657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42663 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42665 \begin_inset space ~
42674 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42697 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42698 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42700 \begin_inset space ~
42709 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42718 arg "box-insert Frameless"
42726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42732 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42739 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42762 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42769 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42792 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42809 \begin_inset space ~
42818 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42827 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
42835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42841 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42842 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42849 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42858 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
42866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42872 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42873 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42875 \begin_inset space ~
42884 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42893 arg "dialog-show character"
42901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42907 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42909 \begin_inset space ~
42918 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42927 arg "layout-paragraph"
42935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42941 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42943 \begin_inset space ~
42952 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42961 arg "thesaurus-entry"
42969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42975 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42989 \begin_layout Subsection
42990 View / Update Toolbar
42991 \begin_inset Index idx
42994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42995 Toolbar ! View / Update
43003 \begin_layout Standard
43004 \begin_inset Graphics
43005 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
43012 \begin_layout Standard
43013 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
43019 \begin_layout Standard
43020 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
43024 \begin_layout Standard
43025 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
43031 \begin_layout Standard
43032 \begin_inset Tabular
43033 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
43034 <features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
43035 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
43036 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
43037 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43060 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43067 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43076 arg "buffer-update"
43084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43090 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43097 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43106 arg "master-buffer-view"
43114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43120 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43127 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43136 arg "master-buffer-update"
43144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43150 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43152 \begin_inset space ~
43161 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43170 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
43178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43184 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43185 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43186 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43187 Synchronize with Output
43193 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43198 \begin_inset Graphics
43199 filename ../images/view-others.png
43201 groupId toolbarbuttons
43212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43218 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43219 View (Other Formats)
43225 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43230 \begin_inset Graphics
43231 filename ../images/update-others.png
43233 groupId toolbarbuttons
43242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43248 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43249 Update (Other Formats)
43262 \begin_layout Standard
43263 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
43267 \begin_layout Subsection
43271 \begin_layout Standard
43272 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
43273 \begin_inset space ~
43277 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43279 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
43283 , the table toolbar
43284 \begin_inset Index idx
43287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43296 \begin_inset space ~
43301 manual, the math macro toolbar
43302 \begin_inset Index idx
43305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43318 \begin_layout Chapter
43319 The Document Settings
43320 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43322 name "chap:The-Document-Settings"
43327 \begin_inset Index idx
43330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43331 Document ! Settings
43339 \begin_layout Standard
43340 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
43341 whole document and is called with the menu
43343 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43347 You can save your document settings as default with the
43349 Save as Document Defaults
43351 button in the dialog.
43352 This will create a template named
43356 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
43360 \begin_layout Standard
43365 resets the document settings to the default of the document class.
43366 This affects mostly class options, the page layout and Numbering & TOC.
43369 \begin_layout Standard
43370 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following sections.
43373 \begin_layout Section
43377 \begin_layout Standard
43378 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
43380 Document classes are described in section
43381 \begin_inset space ~
43385 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43387 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
43395 \begin_layout Standard
43399 \begin_inset space ~
43404 you can load you own layout-file, that is not in LyX's
43408 folder and thus not recognized by LyX as layout for a document class.
43409 For more about layout-files, see the chapter
43411 Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates
43420 \begin_layout Standard
43421 Some classes use special class options by default.
43422 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
43426 and you can decide to use them or not.
43427 If you do not exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
43428 recommended to leave them untouched.
43433 is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout packages.
43438 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
43439 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
43444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43445 When you want to use one of the following drivers
43446 \begin_inset Newline newline
43451 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
43454 \begin_inset Newline newline
43457 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see section
43463 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43465 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
43477 \begin_layout Standard
43478 Specifying a master document is necessary if the current document is a child
43480 The master document will be used by LyX in the background if the child
43481 document is opened without its master.
43482 This way child documents are always compilable.
43483 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
43490 \begin_inset space ~
43498 \begin_layout Standard
43499 There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the LaTeX-package
43509 \begin_inset Index idx
43512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43513 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
43519 \begin_inset Index idx
43522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43523 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
43528 for cross-references, see sec.
43529 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43533 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43535 reference "sec:Cross-References"
43542 \begin_layout Section
43546 \begin_layout Standard
43547 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
43548 Please refer to the section
43551 \begin_inset space ~
43559 \begin_inset space ~
43564 manual for details.
43567 \begin_layout Section
43571 \begin_layout Standard
43572 Modules are explained in section
43573 \begin_inset space ~
43577 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43579 reference "sub:Modules"
43586 \begin_layout Section
43590 \begin_layout Standard
43592 \begin_inset space ~
43596 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43598 reference "sub:Local-Layout"
43605 \begin_layout Section
43609 \begin_layout Standard
43610 The document font settings are described in section
43611 \begin_inset space ~
43615 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43617 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
43624 \begin_layout Section
43628 \begin_layout Standard
43629 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
43631 The line spacing and the number of text columns can also be specified here.
43634 \begin_layout Standard
43635 Note that LyX will not show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
43636 That would be impractical, often unreadable and is not part of the WYSIWYM
43638 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
43641 \begin_layout Section
43645 \begin_layout Standard
43646 A description of this menu is given in section
43647 \begin_inset space ~
43651 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43653 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
43658 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43660 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
43667 \begin_layout Section
43671 \begin_layout Standard
43672 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
43673 \begin_inset space ~
43677 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43679 reference "sub:Margins"
43686 \begin_layout Section
43688 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43690 name "sec:Language-encodings"
43695 \begin_inset Index idx
43698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43699 Language ! Encoding
43707 \begin_layout Standard
43708 The document language and quote styles are set here.
43709 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
43710 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
43711 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
43712 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
43713 known for a particular character).
43717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43718 The known commands are defined in a text file (
43723 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
43728 manual for details.
43736 \begin_layout Standard
43737 If you use the option
43741 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
43742 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
43743 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
43744 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
43745 exactly one encoding.
43746 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
43749 \begin_layout Standard
43750 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
43751 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
43752 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode),
43753 choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
43754 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
43755 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
43760 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
43761 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
43762 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
43763 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
43764 engines to standard LaTeX.
43765 Both engines support Unicode natively.
43766 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
43769 \begin_inset space ~
43776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43788 \begin_inset space ~
43795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43807 \begin_inset space ~
43813 \begin_inset space ~
43817 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43819 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
43824 So if you are using many special or accented characters and
43828 fails, you might try out one of these new engines.
43831 \begin_layout Standard
43835 \begin_inset space ~
43840 determines the LaTeX-package that is used for hyphenation and the translation
43842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43846 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43850 The possible settings are:
43853 \begin_layout Description
43854 Default uses the language package that is selected in
43856 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43857 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43861 \begin_inset space ~
43865 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43867 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
43874 \begin_layout Description
43875 Automatic selects the most suitable language package for the view/export
43876 format you will use.
43877 In many cases this will be
43882 \begin_inset Index idx
43885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43886 LaTeX-packages ! babel
43892 If the newer package
43897 \begin_inset Index idx
43900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43901 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
43906 is more appropriate (is the case when using XeTeX and/or non-TeX fonts),
43907 this package will be used instead of
43914 \begin_layout Description
43916 \begin_inset space ~
43927 would be more appropriate.
43930 \begin_layout Description
43931 Custom allows you to specify a language package command of your choice.
43932 For example if you want to use a language-specific package like
43936 (for German texts), type in
43939 \begin_inset Newline newline
43944 usepackage{ngerman}
43947 \begin_layout Description
43948 None will not use a language package.
43949 This is necessary for some document classes for scientific articles.
43952 \begin_layout Standard
43953 Here is a list with the important encodings:
43956 \begin_layout Description
43958 \begin_inset space ~
43962 \begin_inset space ~
43966 \begin_inset space ~
43973 , but the LaTeX-package
43978 \begin_inset Index idx
43981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43982 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43988 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
43989 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
43990 languages in TeX code.
43993 \begin_layout Description
43994 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
43995 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
43996 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
43999 \begin_layout Description
44001 \begin_inset space ~
44005 \begin_inset space ~
44008 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
44011 \begin_layout Description
44013 \begin_inset space ~
44017 \begin_inset space ~
44020 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
44023 \begin_layout Description
44025 \begin_inset space ~
44028 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
44031 \begin_layout Description
44033 \begin_inset space ~
44037 \begin_inset space ~
44040 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
44041 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
44044 \begin_layout Description
44046 \begin_inset space ~
44050 \begin_inset space ~
44053 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
44057 \begin_layout Description
44059 \begin_inset space ~
44063 \begin_inset space ~
44066 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
44067 ISO-8859-13 encoding
44070 \begin_layout Description
44072 \begin_inset space ~
44076 \begin_inset space ~
44080 \begin_inset space ~
44083 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
44084 \begin_inset space ~
44090 \begin_layout Description
44092 \begin_inset space ~
44096 \begin_inset space ~
44100 \begin_inset space ~
44103 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
44104 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
44107 \begin_layout Description
44109 \begin_inset space ~
44113 \begin_inset space ~
44116 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
44117 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
44118 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
44119 \begin_inset space ~
44123 \begin_inset space ~
44129 \begin_layout Description
44131 \begin_inset space ~
44135 \begin_inset space ~
44138 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
44139 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
44140 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
44141 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
44142 \begin_inset space ~
44146 \begin_inset space ~
44152 \begin_layout Description
44154 \begin_inset space ~
44158 \begin_inset space ~
44161 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
44164 \begin_layout Description
44166 \begin_inset space ~
44170 \begin_inset space ~
44173 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
44176 \begin_layout Description
44178 \begin_inset space ~
44182 \begin_inset space ~
44185 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
44188 \begin_layout Description
44190 \begin_inset space ~
44193 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
44196 \begin_layout Description
44198 \begin_inset space ~
44201 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
44204 \begin_layout Description
44206 \begin_inset space ~
44210 \begin_inset space ~
44213 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
44216 \begin_layout Description
44218 \begin_inset space ~
44222 \begin_inset space ~
44228 \begin_layout Description
44230 \begin_inset space ~
44234 \begin_inset space ~
44237 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
44240 \begin_layout Description
44242 \begin_inset space ~
44246 \begin_inset space ~
44252 \begin_layout Description
44254 \begin_inset space ~
44258 \begin_inset space ~
44261 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44266 \begin_inset Index idx
44269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44270 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
44275 , when using this, set the document language to
44280 \begin_layout Description
44282 \begin_inset space ~
44286 \begin_inset space ~
44289 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44293 , when using this, set the document language to
44296 \begin_inset space ~
44302 \begin_layout Description
44304 \begin_inset space ~
44308 \begin_inset space ~
44311 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44316 \begin_inset Index idx
44319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44320 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
44325 , when using this, set the document language to
44330 \begin_layout Description
44332 \begin_inset space ~
44336 \begin_inset space ~
44339 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44343 , when using this, set the document language to
44348 \begin_layout Description
44350 \begin_inset space ~
44354 \begin_inset space ~
44357 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44361 , when using this, set the document language to
44366 \begin_layout Description
44368 \begin_inset space ~
44371 (EUC-KR) for Korean
44374 \begin_layout Description
44376 \begin_inset space ~
44380 \begin_inset space ~
44384 \begin_inset space ~
44387 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
44390 \begin_layout Description
44392 \begin_inset space ~
44396 \begin_inset space ~
44400 \begin_inset space ~
44403 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
44404 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
44405 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
44408 \begin_layout Description
44410 \begin_inset space ~
44414 \begin_inset space ~
44420 \begin_layout Description
44422 \begin_inset space ~
44426 \begin_inset space ~
44429 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
44430 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
44433 \begin_layout Description
44435 \begin_inset space ~
44439 \begin_inset space ~
44442 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
44447 \begin_inset Index idx
44450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44451 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
44456 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
44459 \begin_layout Description
44461 \begin_inset space ~
44465 \begin_inset space ~
44468 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
44476 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
44481 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
44483 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
44486 \begin_layout Description
44488 \begin_inset space ~
44492 \begin_inset space ~
44495 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
44500 \begin_inset Index idx
44503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44504 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
44509 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
44512 \begin_layout Description
44514 \begin_inset space ~
44517 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
44522 \begin_inset Index idx
44525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44526 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
44532 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
44536 \begin_layout Description
44538 \begin_inset space ~
44542 \begin_inset space ~
44546 \begin_inset space ~
44549 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
44550 \begin_inset space ~
44556 \begin_layout Description
44558 \begin_inset space ~
44562 \begin_inset space ~
44566 \begin_inset space ~
44569 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
44570 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
44571 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
44575 \begin_layout Description
44577 \begin_inset space ~
44581 \begin_inset space ~
44585 \begin_inset space ~
44588 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
44589 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
44592 \begin_layout Standard
44593 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
44596 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44602 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
44606 for more information on the language package.
44609 \begin_layout Section
44611 \begin_inset Index idx
44614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44621 \begin_inset Index idx
44624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44633 \begin_layout Standard
44634 Here you can alter the font color for the main text (default: black) and
44636 \begin_inset space ~
44639 out notes (default: light grey).
44644 sets the color back to the default.
44647 \begin_layout Standard
44648 You can also change the background color for the pages (default: white)
44650 \begin_inset space ~
44653 boxes (default: red).
44656 \begin_layout Standard
44657 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44661 The colors are not shown within LyX, only in the output.
44663 \begin_inset space ~
44666 out note appears blue in the output.)
44674 \begin_layout Standard
44675 Note, if you change the main text font color and use the option
44678 \begin_inset space ~
44683 in the document settings under
44686 \begin_inset space ~
44691 , you probably also need to change the link font color by using
44694 \begin_inset space ~
44702 \begin_inset space ~
44708 For example the option
44711 \begin_layout Standard
44717 \begin_layout Standard
44718 sets the link text color to black.
44719 For more information, see the manual of the LaTeX-package
44724 \begin_inset Index idx
44727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44728 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
44734 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
44743 \begin_layout Standard
44744 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
44750 \begin_layout Standard
44751 You can adapt the main text font color and the page background for every
44752 page in your document if you use these commands as TeX
44753 \begin_inset space ~
44756 Code behind a forced page break:
44759 \begin_layout Itemize
44760 For the page color:
44761 \begin_inset Newline newline
44768 pagecolor{color name}
44771 \begin_layout Itemize
44772 For the text color:
44773 \begin_inset Newline newline
44783 \begin_layout Standard
44784 The color name can hereby be one of these:
44817 \begin_inset Newline newline
44820 If you have changed a text or background color, you can use them under the
44824 \begin_layout Itemize
44825 For the page background color:
44826 \begin_inset Newline newline
44831 page_backgroundcolor
44834 \begin_layout Itemize
44835 For the main text color:
44836 \begin_inset Newline newline
44844 \begin_layout Itemize
44846 \begin_inset space ~
44849 box background color:
44850 \begin_inset Newline newline
44858 \begin_layout Itemize
44860 \begin_inset space ~
44863 out note text color:
44864 \begin_inset Newline newline
44872 \begin_layout Standard
44873 To see how to define and use custom colors, see section
44876 \begin_inset space ~
44884 \begin_inset space ~
44892 \begin_layout Section
44896 \begin_layout Standard
44897 Here you can adjust the numbering depth of section headings and the section
44898 depth in the table of contents as described in section
44899 \begin_inset space ~
44903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44905 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
44912 \begin_layout Section
44916 \begin_layout Standard
44917 Here you can specify a citation style using the LaTeX packages
44922 \begin_inset Index idx
44925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44926 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
44936 \begin_inset Index idx
44939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44940 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
44946 You can enable a sectioned bibliography using the LaTeX package
44951 \begin_inset Index idx
44954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44955 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
44960 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
44962 For a further description see section
44963 \begin_inset space ~
44967 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44969 reference "sec:Bibliography"
44976 \begin_layout Section
44980 \begin_layout Standard
44981 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
44982 and you can define additional indexes.
44983 Please refer to section
44984 \begin_inset space ~
44988 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44990 reference "sec:Index"
44997 \begin_layout Section
45001 \begin_layout Standard
45002 The PDF properties are explained in section
45003 \begin_inset space ~
45007 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45009 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
45016 \begin_layout Section
45020 \begin_layout Standard
45021 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
45026 \begin_inset Index idx
45029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45030 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
45040 \begin_inset Index idx
45043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45044 LaTeX-packages ! esint
45054 \begin_inset Index idx
45057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45058 LaTeX-packages ! mathdots
45068 \begin_inset Index idx
45071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45072 LaTeX-packages ! mhchem
45077 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
45080 \begin_layout Description
45081 amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
45082 ensure that you have enabled
45085 \begin_inset space ~
45093 \begin_layout Description
45094 esint is used for special integral characters, see section
45097 \begin_inset space ~
45109 \begin_layout Description
45110 mathdots is used for special ellipses, see section
45121 \begin_layout Description
45122 mhchem is used for chemical equations, see section
45124 Chemical Symbols and Equations
45133 \begin_layout Section
45137 \begin_layout Standard
45138 The float placement options are described in section
45141 \begin_inset space ~
45149 \begin_inset space ~
45157 \begin_layout Section
45161 \begin_layout Standard
45162 The listings settings are explained in chapter
45164 Program Code Listings
45169 \begin_inset space ~
45177 \begin_layout Section
45181 \begin_layout Standard
45182 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
45183 The itemize environment is described in section
45184 \begin_inset space ~
45188 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45190 reference "sec:Itemize"
45197 \begin_layout Section
45201 \begin_layout Standard
45202 Branches are described in section
45203 \begin_inset space ~
45207 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45209 reference "sec:Branches"
45216 \begin_layout Section
45218 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45220 name "sec:Doc-Output"
45227 \begin_layout Standard
45228 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
45231 \begin_layout Description
45233 \begin_inset space ~
45237 \begin_inset space ~
45240 Format: The format that is used when you hit
45241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45260 View Master Document
45261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45268 Update Master Document
45269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45276 menu or the toolbar.
45277 The default is set in
45279 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45280 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45284 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45290 reference "sec:File-Formats"
45297 \begin_layout Description
45299 \begin_inset space ~
45303 \begin_inset space ~
45306 Output settings for the menu
45308 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45310 \begin_inset space ~
45316 For a detailed description see section
45318 Reverse DVI/PDF search
45323 \begin_inset space ~
45331 \begin_layout Description
45333 \begin_inset space ~
45337 \begin_inset space ~
45340 Options settings for the export format
45348 \begin_inset space ~
45353 will assure that the output follows exactly version
45354 \begin_inset space ~
45357 1.1 of the XHTML standard.
45361 \begin_inset space ~
45366 settings are described in detail in section
45368 Math Output in XHTML
45373 \begin_inset space ~
45379 The scaling is used for the size of equations in the output.
45382 \begin_layout Section
45387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45397 \begin_layout Standard
45398 In this text field you can enter commands to load special LaTeX-packages
45399 or to define LaTeX-commands.
45400 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
45401 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
45405 \begin_layout Standard
45406 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
45407 \begin_inset space ~
45411 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45413 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
45420 \begin_layout Chapter
45426 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45428 name "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
45433 \begin_inset Index idx
45436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45445 \begin_layout Standard
45446 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
45448 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45452 It has the following submenus.
45455 \begin_layout Section
45459 \begin_layout Subsection
45463 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45464 User Interface File
45465 \begin_inset Index idx
45468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45469 Customization ! of toolbars
45475 \begin_inset Index idx
45478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45479 Customization ! of menus
45487 \begin_layout Standard
45488 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
45489 interface (ui) file.
45490 A ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
45491 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
45500 Both files are loaded by the
45505 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
45506 files and edit the entries.
45509 \begin_layout Standard
45510 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
45522 entries must be finished with an explicit
45547 and in the case of the
45548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45560 The syntax for the entries is:
45563 \begin_layout Standard
45564 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45578 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45586 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45592 \begin_layout Standard
45594 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45597 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
45599 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45601 \begin_inset space ~
45609 \begin_layout Standard
45610 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
45616 \begin_layout Standard
45617 An example: Assuming you use the menu
45619 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45622 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
45626 \begin_layout Standard
45627 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45633 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45637 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45645 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45651 \begin_layout Standard
45653 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45664 menu in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
45667 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45671 \begin_layout Standard
45672 Here you can change the appearance of LyX's toolbar buttons.
45673 The currently available icon sets are compared in
45674 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45677 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/uploads/LyX/NewInLyX20/themes.png"
45684 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45688 \begin_layout Standard
45691 Enable tool tips in main work area
45693 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
45697 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45701 \begin_layout Standard
45704 Restore window layouts and geometries
45706 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
45707 in the last LyX session.
45710 \begin_layout Standard
45713 Restore cursor positions
45715 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it was at the end of
45719 \begin_layout Standard
45722 Load opened files from last session
45724 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
45727 \begin_layout Standard
45730 Clear all session information
45732 deletes all information from previous LyX sessions (cursor positions, names
45733 of last opened documents, etc.).
45736 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45738 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45740 name "sub:Backup documents"
45745 \begin_inset Index idx
45748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45757 \begin_layout Standard
45760 Backup original documents when saving
45762 creates a backup copy of the file in the state when it was opened or when
45763 it was saved the last time.
45764 It is stored in the same folder as your document or in the
45767 \begin_inset space ~
45773 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45775 reference "sec:Paths"
45780 The backup file has the file extension
45781 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45789 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45795 \begin_layout Standard
45798 Backup documents, every
45800 , you can specify the time between backup saves.
45803 \begin_layout Standard
45806 Save documents compressed by default
45808 saves the files always in a compressed format.
45811 \begin_layout Standard
45816 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
45819 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45821 \begin_inset space ~
45829 \begin_layout Standard
45832 Open documents in tabs
45834 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
45838 \begin_layout Standard
45843 is only active if a LyXServer pipe
45847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45849 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45853 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45855 reference "sec:Paths"
45859 for information about LyXServer pipes.
45865 If it is checked, LyX documents will be opened in the same running instance
45867 Otherwise a new LyX instance is created for each file.
45870 \begin_layout Standard
45873 Single close-tab button
45875 there will only be one button (
45878 \begin_inset Graphics
45879 filename ../images/closetab.png
45886 ) at the right side of the tab bar to close tabs.
45887 Otherwise every document tab has its own close button.
45890 \begin_layout Standard
45891 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45899 For the last option you have to restart LyX before the change takes effect.
45907 \begin_layout Subsection
45909 \begin_inset Index idx
45912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45919 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45921 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
45928 \begin_layout Standard
45929 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
45932 \begin_layout Standard
45933 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45941 This section only deals with the fonts
45946 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
45949 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45950 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45961 \begin_layout Standard
45962 By default, LyX uses
45966 as roman (serif) font,
45974 (depends on the system) as
45977 \begin_inset space ~
45993 \begin_layout Standard
45994 You can change the font size with the
46001 \begin_layout Standard
46006 are calculated as letter height in units of points.
46008 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46011 points have the size of 1
46012 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46016 \begin_inset space ~
46020 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46022 reference "chap:Units-available-in"
46027 The default font sizes are the same as if a document font size of 10
46028 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46032 The sizes are explained in detail in section
46033 \begin_inset space ~
46037 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46039 reference "sub:Document-Font"
46046 \begin_layout Standard
46049 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
46051 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
46052 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
46053 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
46054 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
46056 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
46057 \begin_inset space ~
46063 \begin_layout Subsection
46065 \begin_inset Index idx
46068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46075 \begin_inset Index idx
46078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46087 \begin_layout Standard
46088 Here you can change all the colors used by LyX.
46089 Choose an item in the list and use the
46096 \begin_layout Standard
46097 By using the option
46101 the color scheme of your OS or window manager is used.
46104 cursor, selection, table line, text, URL
46105 \begin_inset space ~
46109 \begin_inset space ~
46114 are then not customizable and thus not listed.
46117 \begin_layout Subsection
46119 \begin_inset Index idx
46122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46131 \begin_layout Standard
46132 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
46135 \begin_layout Standard
46140 enables previewing snippets of your document.
46141 This feature is described in section
46142 \begin_inset space ~
46146 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46148 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
46155 \begin_layout Standard
46159 \begin_inset space ~
46163 \begin_inset space ~
46167 \begin_inset space ~
46172 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
46175 \begin_layout Section
46177 \begin_inset Index idx
46180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46189 \begin_layout Subsection
46193 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46197 \begin_layout Standard
46200 Cursor follows scrollbar
46202 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
46206 \begin_layout Standard
46207 You can adjust the width of the cursor.
46208 If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
46209 to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
46212 \begin_layout Standard
46215 Scroll below end of document
46217 is self-explanatory.
46220 \begin_layout Standard
46221 In LyX one can jump from word to word by pressing
46228 Use Mac-style for cursor moving between words
46230 the cursor jumps from the end of a word to the end of the next word.
46231 Normally it jumps from the beginning to the beginning.
46234 \begin_layout Standard
46237 Sort environments alphabetically
46239 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
46242 \begin_layout Standard
46245 Group environments by their category
46247 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
46250 \begin_layout Standard
46251 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
46263 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46267 \begin_layout Standard
46268 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
46273 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
46274 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen; the text then
46278 \begin_layout Subsection
46280 \begin_inset Index idx
46283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46290 \begin_inset Index idx
46293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46294 Settings ! Shortcuts
46302 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46306 \begin_layout Standard
46307 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
46308 Several binding files are available:
46311 \begin_layout Description
46312 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
46315 \begin_layout Description
46316 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
46327 \begin_layout Description
46328 mac.bind set of bindings for
46331 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46339 \begin_layout Standard
46340 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
46344 , and bind files for special languages.
46345 The names of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
46346 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46350 \begin_inset space \space{}
46354 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46358 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46362 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
46366 \begin_layout Standard
46367 Some bind-files, like
46371 , have only a small scope.
46372 When looking at the end of the file
46376 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
46379 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46381 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46383 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
46388 \begin_inset Index idx
46391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46392 Key Bindings ! Editing
46400 \begin_layout Standard
46401 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
46402 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
46403 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
46406 Show key-bindings containing
46409 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
46410 Insert there for example as keyword
46411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46418 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
46420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46428 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
46429 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
46433 that you will find in the
46440 \begin_layout Standard
46442 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46446 \begin_inset space \space{}
46457 , select the function and press the
46462 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
46463 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
46464 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
46465 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
46466 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
46468 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
46470 The binding for the function
46474 is an example of this.
46477 \begin_layout Standard
46478 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
46480 The syntax of the entries is:
46483 \begin_layout Standard
46489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46507 \begin_layout Subsection
46509 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46511 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
46516 \begin_inset Index idx
46519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46526 \begin_inset Index idx
46529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46530 Settings ! Keyboard Map
46538 \begin_layout Standard
46539 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
46540 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
46542 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46546 \begin_inset space \space{}
46549 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
46550 can use the keyboard map file named
46557 \begin_layout Standard
46558 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46566 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
46574 \begin_layout Standard
46575 You can furthermore specify here the
46577 Wheel scrolling speed
46580 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
46584 \begin_layout Standard
46589 you can select a key for zooming.
46590 When this key is pressed and the mouse wheel is rotated, the text is zoomed.
46593 \begin_layout Subsection
46597 \begin_layout Standard
46598 Input completion is described in sec.
46599 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46603 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46605 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
46612 \begin_layout Section
46614 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46621 \begin_inset Index idx
46624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46631 \begin_inset Index idx
46634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46643 \begin_layout Description
46645 \begin_inset space ~
46648 directory This is LyX's working directory.
46649 It is the default when you
46660 \begin_inset space ~
46668 \begin_layout Description
46670 \begin_inset space ~
46673 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
46675 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46677 \begin_inset space ~
46681 \begin_inset space ~
46689 \begin_layout Description
46691 \begin_inset space ~
46694 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
46700 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46704 \begin_inset Newline newline
46708 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46720 button does not exist when using LyX on Mac OS and Windows systems.
46728 \begin_layout Description
46730 \begin_inset space ~
46734 \begin_inset Index idx
46737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46743 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
46744 If no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
46745 \begin_inset space ~
46749 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46751 reference "sub:Backup documents"
46759 will be used to save the backups.
46760 \begin_inset Newline newline
46763 Backup files have the ending
46764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46774 \begin_layout Description
46779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46787 \begin_inset space ~
46790 pipe Here you can enter the name of a so-called UNIX-pipe.
46791 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
46792 \begin_inset Newline newline
46799 You add a BibTeX-database
46804 You can edit this file with the program
46813 you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under
46816 \begin_inset space ~
46822 If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
46827 and click on the LyX-symbol.
46828 The entry will now be inserted as citation at the current cursor position
46834 and LyX need of course to be run the same time.
46835 \begin_inset Newline newline
46838 The pipe is also used for the
46843 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46847 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46849 reference "sub:Backup documents"
46854 \begin_inset Newline newline
46857 To use the LyXServer-Pipe on Windows, you must use this pipe name:
46858 \begin_inset Newline newline
46874 \begin_layout Description
46876 \begin_inset space ~
46879 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
46882 \begin_layout Description
46884 \begin_inset space ~
46887 dictionary Directory where the thesaurus dictionaries are located.
46888 You only need to specify it if the thesaurus does otherwise not work or
46889 if you want to use custom/alternative dictionaries.
46892 \begin_layout Description
46894 \begin_inset space ~
46897 dictionary Directory where the dictionaries of the spell checker program
46903 You only need to specify it if you are using
46907 and spell checking does otherwise not work or if you want to use custom/alterna
46913 is the only available spell checker and should work without specifying
46917 \begin_layout Description
46919 \begin_inset space ~
46922 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
46923 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
46924 to find it on the system.
46925 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
46926 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
46928 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46932 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46935 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
46936 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
46939 \begin_layout Description
46941 \begin_inset space ~
46944 prefix The TEXINPUTS environment variable allows to use external files which
46945 are included to a LyX document via commands in TeX code or in the document
46947 This prefix includes by default the document directory (represented by
46949 The prefix can contain any list of paths separated by the default separator
46950 of the OS (':' on UNIX like systems and ';' on Windows).
46951 If files are included, the paths listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix will be
46952 scanned for the input files.
46953 Note that any non-absolute path listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix is considered
46954 to be relative to the directory of your LyX file.
46955 It is recommended to include always '.' as one of the paths, otherwise compilati
46956 on may fail for some documents.
46959 \begin_layout Section
46963 \begin_layout Standard
46964 Here you can insert your name and email address.
46965 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
46967 \begin_inset space ~
46971 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46973 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
46977 , to mark changes you make as yours.
46980 \begin_layout Section
46982 \begin_inset Index idx
46985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46986 Language ! Settings
46992 \begin_inset Index idx
46995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46996 Settings ! Language
47004 \begin_layout Subsection
47006 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47008 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
47015 \begin_layout Description
47017 \begin_inset space ~
47021 \begin_inset space ~
47024 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
47025 You find the actual translation status here:
47026 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47028 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
47035 \begin_layout Description
47037 \begin_inset space ~
47040 package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
47042 Language issues that are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
47043 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
47044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47060 The most widespread language package is
47065 \begin_inset Index idx
47068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47069 LaTeX-packages ! babel
47074 , it is the default language package in classic LaTeX.
47075 More recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come with the
47076 alternative language package
47081 \begin_inset Index idx
47084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47085 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
47090 that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
47091 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
47093 The available selections are described in sec.
47094 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47098 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47100 reference "sec:Language-encodings"
47107 \begin_layout Description
47109 \begin_inset space ~
47112 start If a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
47113 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
47114 An example is the start command
47120 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
47125 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
47140 selectlanguage{$$lang}
47145 \begin_layout Description
47147 \begin_inset space ~
47155 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
47156 command toggles the package on and off.
47159 \begin_layout Description
47161 \begin_inset space ~
47165 \begin_inset space ~
47168 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
47172 \begin_layout Description
47174 \begin_inset space ~
47178 \begin_inset space ~
47181 globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
47182 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
47183 used by all LaTeX-packages.
47184 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
47191 \begin_layout Description
47193 \begin_inset space ~
47196 begin When this option is set, documents start with the chosen document
47198 When this option is not set, the
47201 \begin_inset space ~
47206 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
47207 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
47210 \begin_inset space ~
47218 \begin_layout Description
47220 \begin_inset space ~
47226 \begin_inset space ~
47232 When it is not set, the
47235 \begin_inset space ~
47240 is set to the end of the document.
47243 \begin_layout Description
47245 \begin_inset space ~
47249 \begin_inset space ~
47252 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
47253 language will be underlined in blue.
47256 \begin_layout Description
47258 \begin_inset space ~
47262 \begin_inset space ~
47265 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
47266 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
47269 \begin_layout Description
47271 \begin_inset space ~
47274 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
47275 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
47276 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
47277 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
47280 \begin_layout Subsection
47284 \begin_layout Standard
47285 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
47286 \begin_inset space ~
47290 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47292 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
47299 \begin_layout Section
47303 \begin_layout Subsection
47307 \begin_layout Description
47309 \begin_inset space ~
47313 \begin_inset space ~
47316 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
47319 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47320 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47322 \begin_inset space ~
47328 Setting the line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless line.
47331 \begin_layout Description
47333 \begin_inset space ~
47337 \begin_inset Index idx
47340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47347 \begin_inset Index idx
47350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47351 Settings ! Date format
47356 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
47357 \begin_inset Newline newline
47361 \begin_inset Flex URL
47364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47366 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
47372 \begin_inset Newline newline
47375 For example the format
47376 \begin_inset Newline newline
47380 \begin_inset Newline newline
47383 prints the date as day/month/year.
47386 \begin_layout Description
47388 \begin_inset space ~
47392 \begin_inset space ~
47395 export Setting what LyX is allowed to overwrite on export.
47398 \begin_layout Description
47400 \begin_inset space ~
47403 search Commands that will be used for the menu
47405 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47407 \begin_inset space ~
47413 For a detailed description see section
47415 Reverse DVI/PDF search
47420 \begin_inset space ~
47428 \begin_layout Subsection
47430 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47437 \begin_inset Index idx
47440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47447 \begin_inset Index idx
47450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47459 \begin_layout Description
47461 \begin_inset space ~
47464 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
47465 The name will be used when the
47470 \begin_inset Newline newline
47474 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
47477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47482 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
47490 \begin_layout Description
47492 \begin_inset space ~
47495 command is the command LyX
47496 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47500 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47503 LaTeX uses for printing.
47511 \begin_layout Description
47513 \begin_inset space ~
47517 \begin_inset space ~
47520 Options Here you can specify printer options.
47521 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
47522 of the program that provides the
47529 \begin_layout Description
47531 \begin_inset space ~
47535 \begin_inset space ~
47539 \begin_inset space ~
47542 printer This option works only for the
47547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47559 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
47560 This is an option only for dvips experts.
47563 \begin_layout Subsection
47568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47576 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47578 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
47583 \begin_inset Index idx
47586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47595 \begin_layout Description
47597 \begin_inset space ~
47604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47612 \begin_inset space ~
47616 \begin_inset space ~
47619 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
47624 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
47645 are used for Cyrillic.
47646 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
47647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47659 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
47660 LyX sets up in the background.
47661 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
47664 \begin_layout Description
47666 \begin_inset space ~
47670 \begin_inset space ~
47673 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
47678 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
47681 \begin_layout Description
47683 \begin_inset space ~
47687 \begin_inset space ~
47691 \begin_inset space ~
47695 \begin_inset space ~
47698 options They only have an effect when the program
47702 is used as DVI-viewer, read its manual to find out more.
47705 \begin_layout Standard
47706 Here you can also specify options and commands with parameters for processors.
47707 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
47708 manuals of the applications.
47711 \begin_layout Description
47713 \begin_inset space ~
47716 generation Settings for the generation of the bibliography, see section
47717 \begin_inset space ~
47721 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47723 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
47730 \begin_layout Description
47732 \begin_inset space ~
47735 generation Settings for the generation of the index, see section
47736 \begin_inset space ~
47740 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47742 reference "sub:Index-Program"
47749 \begin_layout Description
47751 \begin_inset space ~
47754 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
47755 \begin_inset space ~
47759 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47761 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
47768 \begin_layout Description
47773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47781 \begin_inset space ~
47784 command Command for the program
47788 that is described in the section
47794 Additional Features
47799 \begin_layout Standard
47800 There are additionally the following options:
47803 \begin_layout Description
47805 \begin_inset space ~
47809 \begin_inset space ~
47813 \begin_inset space ~
47817 \begin_inset space ~
47821 \begin_inset space ~
47824 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
47825 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47831 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47835 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47842 to separate folders.
47843 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
47844 \begin_inset Index idx
47847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47854 \begin_inset Index idx
47857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47866 \begin_layout Description
47868 \begin_inset space ~
47872 \begin_inset space ~
47876 \begin_inset space ~
47880 \begin_inset space ~
47884 \begin_inset space ~
47888 \begin_inset space ~
47891 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
47893 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47896 dialog when changing the document class.
47899 \begin_layout Section
47901 \begin_inset space ~
47905 \begin_inset Index idx
47908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47917 \begin_layout Subsection
47919 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47921 name "sub:Converters"
47926 \begin_inset Index idx
47929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47938 \begin_layout Standard
47939 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
47940 from one format to another.
47941 You can modify converters or create new ones.
47942 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
47949 \begin_inset space ~
47959 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
47963 \begin_inset space ~
47968 drop-down list, modify the
47972 field and press the
47979 \begin_layout Standard
47982 Converter File Cache
47984 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
47987 Maximum Age (in days
47990 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
47991 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
47994 \begin_layout Standard
47995 More about converters, like the flags that can be used in the converter
47996 definition, is described in the section
48007 \begin_layout Subsection
48009 \begin_inset CommandInset label
48011 name "sec:File-Formats"
48016 \begin_inset Index idx
48019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48026 \begin_inset Index idx
48029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48038 \begin_layout Standard
48039 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
48040 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
48044 \begin_layout Standard
48045 Furthermore, you can define the
48047 Default output format
48049 that is used when you use
48051 View, Update, View Master Document
48055 Update Master Document
48061 menu or the toolbar.
48064 \begin_layout Standard
48065 More about formats and their options is described in the section
48076 \begin_layout Standard
48077 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
48078 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
48079 to the temporary directory so that the conversion may be performed.
48080 This is done by specifying a
48085 More about this is described in the section
48096 \begin_layout Chapter
48097 Units available in LyX
48098 \begin_inset Index idx
48101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48108 \begin_inset CommandInset label
48110 name "chap:Units-available-in"
48117 \begin_layout Standard
48118 To understand the units described in this documentation,
48119 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
48121 reference "tab:Units"
48125 explains all units available in LyX.
48128 \begin_layout Standard
48129 \begin_inset Float table
48135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48136 \begin_inset Caption Standard
48138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48139 \begin_inset CommandInset label
48153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48154 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
48160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48162 \begin_inset Tabular
48163 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
48164 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
48165 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
48166 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
48168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48262 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48266 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48290 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48294 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48317 scaled point (65536
48318 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48322 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48346 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48350 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48374 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48378 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
48382 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48406 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48410 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48433 % of original image width
48440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48622 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48626 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48647 \begin_layout Chapter
48649 \begin_inset CommandInset label
48651 name "chap:Credits"
48658 \begin_layout Standard
48659 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
48660 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
48663 \begin_layout Itemize
48666 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
48669 \begin_layout Itemize
48675 \begin_layout Itemize
48681 \begin_layout Itemize
48687 \begin_layout Itemize
48693 \begin_layout Itemize
48699 \begin_layout Itemize
48705 \begin_layout Itemize
48711 \begin_layout Itemize
48714 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
48717 \begin_layout Itemize
48723 \begin_layout Itemize
48729 \begin_layout Itemize
48735 \begin_layout Itemize
48741 \begin_layout Itemize
48747 \begin_layout Itemize
48753 \begin_layout Itemize
48759 \begin_layout Itemize
48765 \begin_layout Itemize
48767 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
48776 \begin_layout Standard
48777 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
48780 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
48787 \begin_layout Bibliography
48788 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48789 LatexCommand bibitem
48796 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48799 target "http://www.lyx.org/Credits"
48804 \begin_inset Newline newline
48808 \begin_inset Flex URL
48811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48813 http://www.lyx.org/Credits
48821 \begin_layout Bibliography
48822 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48823 LatexCommand bibitem
48824 key "latexcompanion"
48828 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
48830 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
48833 Addison-Wesley, 2004
48836 \begin_layout Bibliography
48837 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48838 LatexCommand bibitem
48843 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
48846 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
48849 Addison-Wesley, 2003
48852 \begin_layout Bibliography
48853 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48854 LatexCommand bibitem
48861 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
48864 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
48867 \begin_layout Bibliography
48868 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48869 LatexCommand bibitem
48881 Addison-Wesley, 1984
48884 \begin_layout Bibliography
48885 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48886 LatexCommand bibitem
48892 \begin_inset Newline newline
48896 \begin_inset Flex URL
48899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48901 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
48909 \begin_layout Bibliography
48910 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48911 LatexCommand bibitem
48917 \begin_inset Newline newline
48921 \begin_inset Flex URL
48924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48926 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
48934 \begin_layout Bibliography
48935 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48936 LatexCommand bibitem
48942 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48944 name "Documentation"
48945 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
48954 \begin_inset Newline newline
48958 \begin_inset Flex URL
48961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48963 http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
48971 \begin_layout Bibliography
48972 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48973 LatexCommand bibitem
48979 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48981 name "Documentation"
48982 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
48986 how to use the program
48991 \begin_inset Newline newline
48995 \begin_inset Flex URL
48998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49000 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
49008 \begin_layout Bibliography
49009 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49010 LatexCommand bibitem
49016 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49018 name "Documentation"
49019 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
49028 \begin_inset Newline newline
49032 \begin_inset Flex URL
49035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49037 http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
49045 \begin_layout Bibliography
49046 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49047 LatexCommand bibitem
49053 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49055 name "Documentation"
49056 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
49065 \begin_inset Newline newline
49069 \begin_inset Flex URL
49072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49074 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
49082 \begin_layout Bibliography
49083 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49084 LatexCommand bibitem
49090 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49092 name "Documentation"
49093 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
49097 of the LaTeX-package
49102 \begin_inset Index idx
49105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49106 LaTeX-packages ! caption
49112 \begin_inset Newline newline
49116 \begin_inset Flex URL
49119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49121 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
49129 \begin_layout Bibliography
49130 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49131 LatexCommand bibitem
49137 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49139 name "Documentation"
49140 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
49144 of the LaTeX-package
49149 \begin_inset Index idx
49152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49153 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
49159 \begin_inset Newline newline
49163 \begin_inset Flex URL
49166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49168 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
49176 \begin_layout Bibliography
49177 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49178 LatexCommand bibitem
49184 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49186 name "Documentation"
49187 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
49191 of the LaTeX-package
49196 \begin_inset Index idx
49199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49200 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
49206 \begin_inset Newline newline
49210 \begin_inset Flex URL
49213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49215 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
49223 \begin_layout Bibliography
49224 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49225 LatexCommand bibitem
49231 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49233 name "Documentation"
49234 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
49238 of the LaTeX-package
49243 \begin_inset Index idx
49246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49247 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
49253 \begin_inset Newline newline
49257 \begin_inset Flex URL
49260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49262 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
49270 \begin_layout Bibliography
49271 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49272 LatexCommand bibitem
49278 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49280 name "Documentation"
49281 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
49285 of the LaTeX-package
49290 \begin_inset Index idx
49293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49294 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
49300 \begin_inset Newline newline
49304 \begin_inset Flex URL
49307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49309 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
49317 \begin_layout Bibliography
49318 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49319 LatexCommand bibitem
49325 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49327 name "Documentation"
49328 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf"
49332 of the LaTeX-package
49337 \begin_inset Index idx
49340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49341 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
49347 \begin_inset Newline newline
49351 \begin_inset Flex URL
49354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49356 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf
49364 \begin_layout Bibliography
49365 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49366 LatexCommand bibitem
49372 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49374 name "Documentation"
49375 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf"
49379 of the LaTeX-package
49384 \begin_inset Index idx
49387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49388 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
49394 \begin_inset Newline newline
49398 \begin_inset Flex URL
49401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49403 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
49411 \begin_layout Bibliography
49412 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49413 LatexCommand bibitem
49419 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49421 name "Documentation"
49422 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
49426 of the LaTeX-package
49431 \begin_inset Index idx
49434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49435 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
49441 \begin_inset Newline newline
49445 \begin_inset Flex URL
49448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49450 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
49458 \begin_layout Bibliography
49459 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49460 LatexCommand bibitem
49466 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49469 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
49473 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
49474 \begin_inset Newline newline
49478 \begin_inset Flex URL
49481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49483 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
49491 \begin_layout Bibliography
49492 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49493 LatexCommand bibitem
49499 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49502 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
49506 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
49507 \begin_inset Newline newline
49511 \begin_inset Flex URL
49514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49516 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
49524 \begin_layout Bibliography
49525 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49526 LatexCommand bibitem
49532 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49535 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
49539 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
49540 \begin_inset Newline newline
49544 \begin_inset Flex URL
49547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49549 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
49557 \begin_layout Bibliography
49558 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49559 LatexCommand bibitem
49565 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49568 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
49572 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
49573 \begin_inset Newline newline
49577 \begin_inset Flex URL
49580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49582 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
49590 \begin_layout Bibliography
49591 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49592 LatexCommand bibitem
49598 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49601 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
49605 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
49606 \begin_inset Newline newline
49610 \begin_inset Flex URL
49613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49615 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
49623 \begin_layout Bibliography
49624 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49625 LatexCommand bibitem
49631 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49634 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
49638 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
49639 \begin_inset Newline newline
49643 \begin_inset Flex URL
49646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49648 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
49656 \begin_layout Bibliography
49657 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49658 LatexCommand bibitem
49664 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49667 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
49671 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
49672 \begin_inset Newline newline
49676 \begin_inset Flex URL
49679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49681 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
49689 \begin_layout Bibliography
49690 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49691 LatexCommand bibitem
49697 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49700 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
49704 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
49705 \begin_inset Newline newline
49709 \begin_inset Flex URL
49712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49714 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
49722 \begin_layout Bibliography
49723 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49724 LatexCommand bibitem
49730 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49733 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
49737 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
49738 \begin_inset Newline newline
49742 \begin_inset Flex URL
49745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49747 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
49755 \begin_layout Bibliography
49756 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49757 LatexCommand bibitem
49763 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49766 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
49770 about new features in
49775 \begin_inset Newline newline
49779 \begin_inset Flex URL
49782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49784 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
49792 \begin_layout Standard
49793 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
49800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49827 \begin_inset Note Note
49830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49837 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
49838 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
49839 bibliography is the second one:
49847 \begin_layout Standard
49848 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
49849 LatexCommand bibtex
49850 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
49851 options "biblio/alphadin"
49858 \begin_layout Standard
49859 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
49862 \begin_layout Standard
49863 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
49864 LatexCommand printnomenclature
49870 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
49871 LatexCommand printindex